Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Euromoney Institutional Investor

Euromoney Institutional Investor

erm · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker erm
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Euromoney Institutional Investor
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Euromoney
Institutional
Investor PLC

www.euromoneyplc.com

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC
Nestor House, Playhouse Yard,
London EC4V 5EX

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

&
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

2
0
0
9

E
u
r
o
m
o
n
e
y

I
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
a
l

I
n
v
e
s
t
o
r

P
L
C

16991EUROMONEcvr.indd   1
16991EUROMONEcvr.indd   1

16991 

10/12/09 

Proof 8

16991 

10/12/09 

Proof 8

10/12/2009   10:36
10/12/2009   10:36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Welcome

to Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

Euromoney  Institutional  Investor  PLC  is  listed  on 
the London Stock Exchange and is a member of the 
FTSE  250  share  index.  It  is  a  leading  international 
business-to-business  media  group  focused  primarily 
on the international finance, metals and commodities
It  publishes  more  than  70  magazines, 
sectors. 
newsletters  and 
including  Euromoney, 
Institutional Investor and Metal Bulletin. It also runs 
an extensive portfolio of conferences, seminars and 
training courses and is a leading provider of electronic 
information and data covering international finance, 
metals  and  commodities,  and  emerging  markets. 
Its  main  offices  are  located  in  London,  New  York, 
Montreal  and  Hong  Kong  and  nearly  half  of  its 
revenues are derived from emerging markets.

journals, 

Contents

OUR PERFORMANCE
Highlights 
Our Divisions 
Chairman’s Statement 
Appendix to Chairman’s Statement -
Reconciliation of Group Income 
Statement to Underlying Results 
Directors’ Report 

OUR GOVERNANCE
Directors and Advisors 
Corporate Governance 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Independent Auditors’ Report 

01
02
04

07
08

26
28
34
49

GROUP ACCOUNTS
50
Group Income Statement 
51
Group Balance Sheet 
52 
Group Cash Flow Statement 
Note to the Group Cash Flow Statement  53
Group Statement of Recognised
Income and Expense 
Notes to the Group Accounts 

54
55

COMPANY ACCOUNTS
Independent Auditors’ Company Report  95
96
Company Balance Sheet 
97
Notes to the Company Accounts 

OTHER
Five Year Record 
Financial Calendar and Shareholder 
Information 

107

108

16991EUROMONEcvr.indd   2
16991EUROMONEcvr.indd   2

16991 

10/12/09 

Proof 8

16991 

10/12/09 

Proof 8

10/12/2009   10:36
10/12/2009   10:36

Highlights

Revenue
£317.6m

2008: £332.1m

Adjusted Operating Profi t*
£79.4m

2008: £81.3m

Operating Profi t
£27.2m

2008: £61.0m

Adjusted Profi t before Tax*
£63.0m

(Loss)/Profi t before Tax
£(17.4)m

2008: £67.3m

2008: £37.4m

Adjusted Diluted Earnings a Share*
40.4p

Diluted (Loss)/Earnings a Share
(6.7)p

2008: 44.4p

2008: 40.4p

Dividend
14.0p

2008: 19.25p

Net Debt
£165.1m

2008: £172.0m

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

* See Reconciliation of Group Income Statement to underlying results on page 7. 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

01

Our Div isions

FINANCIAL PUBLISHING

TRAINING

£75.4m Revenue

£31.7m Revenue

The training division runs a 
comprehensive range of banking, 
finance and legal courses, both 
public and in-house, under the 
Euromoney and DC Gardner brands. 
Courses are run all over the world 
for both financial institutions 
and corporates. In addition the 
company’s Boston-based subsidiary, 
MIS, runs a wide range of courses 
for the audit and information 
security market.

PRINCIPAL BRANDS

Financial publishing includes an 
extensive portfolio of titles covering 
the international capital markets 
as well as a number of specialist 
financial titles. Products include 
magazines, newsletters, journals, 
surveys and research, directories, 
and books. A selection of the 
company’s leading financial brands 
includes: Euromoney, Institutional 
Investor, EuroWeek, Latin Finance, 
Asiamoney, Global Investor, Project 
Finance, Futures & Options World, 
Total Derivatives and the hedge 
fund titles EuroHedge, InvestHedge, 
AsiaHedge and AR.

BUSINESS PUBLISHING

£56.3m Revenue

The business publishing division 
produces specialist magazines 
and other publications covering 
the metals and mining, legal, 
telecoms and energy sectors. Its 
leading brands include: Metal 
Bulletin, American Metal Market; 
International Financial Law Review, 
International Tax Review and 
Managing Intellectual Property; 
Capacity; Petroleum Economist, 
World Oil and Hydrocarbon 
Processing. 

02

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

CONFERENCES 
AND SEMINARS

£74.9m Revenue

The company runs a large number of 
sponsored conferences and seminars for the 
international financial markets, mostly 
under the Euromoney, Institutional Investor, 
Metal Bulletin and IMN brands. Many of 
these conferences are the leading annual 
events in their sector and provide sponsors 
with a high quality program and speakers, 
and outstanding networking opportunities. 
Such events include: The Global Borrowers 
and Investors Forum; the Annual Global 
Hedge Fund Summit; the European 
Airfinance Conference; the Islamic Finance 
Summit; the Super Bowl of Indexing®; and 
Global ABS and The Annual ABS East 
Conference for the asset-backed securities 
market. In the energy sector, the group runs 
the world’s leading annual coal conferences, 
Coaltrans and Coaltrans Asia; TelCap runs 
International Telecoms Week, the leading 
global event for telecom carriers and service 
providers; and MIS runs a leading event for 
the information security sector in the US, 
InfoSec World.

DATABASES AND 
INFORMATION SERVICES
£87.5m Revenue

The company provides a number of 
subscription-based database and 
electronic information services for 
financial markets. Montreal-based 
BCA Research is one of the world’s 
leading independent providers of 
global investment research. The 
company’s US subsidiary, Internet 
Securities, Inc. provides the world’s 
most comprehensive service for news 
and data on global emerging 
markets under the Emerging 
Markets Information Service (EMIS) 
brand, and also includes CEIC, one of 
the leading providers of time-series 
macro-economic data for emerging 
markets. The company also offers 
global capital market databases 
through a venture with its AIM-listed 
partner, Dealogic plc.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

03

 
 
 
 
Chairman’s Statement

We  have  come  through  a  dangerous 
year  safely  and  are  looking  ahead  at 
the  opportunities  and  challenges  we 
see.  Systemic  collapse  is  never  very  far 
from financial markets, but the failure of 
Lehman  Brothers  presented  the  biggest 
threat  to  the  western  financial  system 
since the company began. 

That  threat  tested  our  strategy,  which  emerged  unchanged  and 
unscathed.  It  tested  our  people,  who  responded  magnificently, 
though there were fewer of them at the end of the year. It challenged 
the strengths of our brands, which met the challenge. It challenged 
our  margins,  and  our  investment  in  new  products,  both  of  which 
increased.  The  effects  of  the  threat  linger  still,  evidenced  by  lower 
revenues and a tough start to the new financial year, but the mood of 
the company is positive and more adventurous than a year ago. The 
crisis is not over, but we believe the group will emerge from it to enter 
a new era of growth. 

Against a strong tide, we achieved an adjusted profit before tax of 
£63.0  million  for  the  year  to  September  30  2009,  against  £67.3 
million in 2008. Adjusted diluted earnings a share were 40.4p (2008: 
44.4p). The directors recommend a final dividend of 7.75p giving a 
total for the year of 14.00p (2008: 19.25p). 

Group revenue fell by 4% to £317.6 million, against £332.1 million in 
2008. After a strong first quarter when revenues increased by 15%, 
we experienced a sharp fall in sales from January 2009 as customers 
imposed tight cost controls from the start of their new budget year 
in  response  to  the  world  credit  crisis.  This  immediately  translated 
into  falling  revenues,  although  the  year-on-year  rates  of  decline 
in  advertising,  sponsorship  and  delegate  revenues  in  the  second 
half  were  no  worse  than  those  experienced  in  the  second  quarter. 
Subscription revenues proved more resilient, increasing by 24%, but 
the rate of growth has declined in the second half as the lag effect of 

customer cuts in headcount and information buying gradually work 
their way through into revenues.

We acted quickly and early to restructure the business, cut costs and 
protect margins, and the adjusted operating margin improved from 
24.5% to 25% despite the fall in revenues. 

The  adjusted  profit  before  tax  of  £63.0  million  compares  to  a  loss 
before  tax  of  £17.4  million  in  the  statutory  results.  The  statutory 
loss is stated after charging exceptional restructuring costs of £10.7 
million, most of which was charged in the first half, which generated 
annualised cost savings of approximately £17 million; an exceptional 
impairment charge of £23.2 million, again most of which arose in the 
first half; acquired intangible amortisation of £15.9 million; a foreign 
exchange  loss  on  tax  equalisation  contracts  of  £19.9  million  which 
is  matched  by  a  tax  credit  and  has  no  effect  on  earnings  a  share; 
and a foreign exchange loss of £7.9 million on restructured hedging 
arrangements included in net finance costs.

Foreign currency movements have had a significant impact on both 
revenues and net debt. The group is exposed to foreign exchange risk 
on  the  US  dollar  revenues  in  its  UK  businesses,  which  are  hedged, 
and  on  the  translation  of  the  revenues  and  profits  of  its  US  dollar-
denominated  businesses,  which  are  not  hedged.  The  reported  4% 
decrease  in  group  revenues  would  have  been  a  16%  decrease  at 
constant  exchange  rates,  while  the  net  benefit  to  adjusted  profit 
before  tax  from  foreign  currency  movements,  after  hedging,  was 
approximately £6 million.

The board announced its decision to increase its dividend cover at the 
time of its half year results. The proposed reduction in the final dividend 
reflects this decision, which arose after reviewing possible debt and 
cash  flow  outcomes  in  the  light  of  events  in  world  financial  and 
commodities markets from 2007 onwards. These reviews suggested 
that volatility in these markets had increased sharply, particularly in 
the  wake  of  the  Lehman  collapse.  The  board  concluded  that  such 
volatility may persist for some time, in spite of the recovery in parts of 
the financial markets, and that the dividend cover should be rebased 
to a sustainable level for the longer term. In future, the board intends 
to maintain a policy of distributing one third of its after-tax earnings 
to  shareholders  while  delivering  long-term  dividend  growth  in 
real terms.

Net debt at September 30 was £165.1 million compared to £214.7 
million  at  March  31  and  £172.0  million  the  previous  year  end. 
Approximately  80%  of  the  group’s  debt  is  US  dollar-denominated 
and  the  increase  in  the  sterling-US  dollar  rate  since  March  31, 
combined with the group’s traditionally strong operating cash flows 
in the second half, helped reduce net debt by nearly £50 million. The 
group’s net debt to EBITDA ratio, which is calculated on an average 
exchange rate basis, was little changed at just under two times. 

04

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

the United States are likely to be weak for the foreseeable future; and 
the threat of increased regulation of financial markets will continue to 
restrict capital availability. 

The return to profitability of most global financial institutions should be 
a positive factor for trading in 2010. However, the cuts in headcount 
and  the  restrictions  on  discretionary  spend  on  marketing,  training 
and  information  buying  applied  throughout  2009  are  not  expected 
to be relaxed quickly, and not before the start of our customers’ new 
budget year in 2010. 

The  group  continues  to  trade  in  line  with  the  board’s  expectations. 
The  first  quarter  of  the  new  financial  year  is  expected  to  be  the 
toughest: the board expects the decline in year-on-year revenues to 
continue despite the benefit of cost savings implemented in 2009 and 
favourable exchange rates. October’s revenues fell by 18% compared 
to  a  year  ago.  From  the  second  quarter,  the  year-on-year  revenue 
comparatives should become less challenging but the point at which 
revenues start to grow again is dependent entirely on the timing and 
scale of any recovery. The focus on managing margins and reducing 
net debt will therefore be maintained, although the group has also 
stepped up its investment in new products and electronic publishing 
to take advantage of the recovery when it comes. 

Capital Appreciation Plan
The  board  believes  that  much  of  the  company’s  recent  success  has 
been driven by the first Capital Appreciation Plan that was launched 
in  2004.  The  CAP,  a  highly  geared  performance-based  equity  plan, 
has  motivated  and  led  to  the  retention  of  key  individuals  since  it 
began, and adjusted profits before tax have trebled over the period. 
Shareholders  at  the  last  annual  general  meeting  approved  the 
introduction  of  a  second  CAP  to  follow  the  first  once  performance 
targets were reached. In 2009 the profit performance target was again 
exceeded, enabling the company to embark on the second CAP, for 
which the Remuneration Committee has set a profit target of £100 
million by the end of 2013, against the base profit of £62.3 million 
for CAP purposes achieved in 2009. Details of the new CAP are set 
out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, and minor amendments 
to it will be submitted to shareholders at the annual general meeting 

Strategy
The  company’s  strategy  has  been  to  build  a  more  resilient  and 
better  focused  global  information  business.  This  strategy  has  been 
executed through increasing the proportion of revenues derived from 
subscription  products;  accelerating  the  online  migration  of  its  print 
products  as  well  as  developing  new  electronic  information  services; 
investing in products of the highest quality that customers will value in 
tough times as well as good; eliminating products with a low margin 
or  too  high  a  dependence  on  advertising;  maintaining  tight  cost 
control at all times; retaining and fostering an entrepreneurial culture; 
and  generating  strong  cash  flows  to  fund  selective  acquisitions  to 
accelerate that strategy. 

The  success  of  this  continues  to  be  highlighted  by  these  results. 
Subscription  revenues  increased  by  24%,  in  sharp  contrast  to  the 
declines in other revenue streams, and now account for 47% of total 
revenues against 37% in 2008. Similarly, the profits from databases 
and information services, which include some of the highest margin 
products  in  the  group  and  are  derived  mostly  from  subscription 
products,  accounted  for  36%  of  the  group’s  adjusted  operating 
profits compared to 21% a year ago. 

The  tight  control  of  costs  and  focus  on  high  quality,  high  margin 
products was critical to the group’s performance in 2009. The adjusted 
operating margin improved to 25% as costs were restructured early in 
the year, low margin products were eliminated quickly, and continued 
product investment ensured the growth in higher margin electronic 
publishing products was maintained.

Looking  ahead,  the  group  remains  keen  to  acquire  small,  specialist 
information  businesses  that  complement  its  existing  activities  and 
provide scope for strong organic growth, although it does not expect 
to complete any significant transactions in the next six to 12 months. 
Excess cash flows will be applied to investment in new products and 
reducing debt.

We  think  the  strategy  is  robust  and  suitable  for  a  wide  range 
of  trading  conditions.  While  the  outlook  for  economic  recovery 
remains  uncertain,  the  board  will  continue  to  focus  on  managing 
costs, protecting our margins and reducing debt levels. At the same 
time,  we  have  stepped  up  our  investment  in  technology  and  new 
subscription-based products. 

Outlook
Generally  markets  seem  to  have  stabilised  after  an  exceptionally 
difficult period and the outlook among our customers is more positive 
than it has been for some time, although this has not yet translated 
into improved revenues. The broad sentiment is that global markets 
will  continue  to  recover  in  2010,  but  slowly.  The  risks  of  further 
banking failures and a correction to the recent recovery in financial 
markets  remain;  the  prospects  for  economic  growth  in  Europe  and 

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

05

 
 
 
 
Chairman’s Statement  continued

in  January  2010.  The  new  plan  will  include  many  who  were  not  in 
the first, colleagues who are a very important part of the company’s 
future. The target is very challenging in what are likely to be volatile 
markets, but the new CAP will be welcomed most by those who relish 
the opportunity to perform whatever the conditions.

It was Euromoney’s 40th anniversary in June. To thank our clients for 
their  support  and  to  explain  the  company’s  development  strategy 
we  arranged  dinners  throughout  key  cities,  generally  in  emerging 
markets. The response, in difficult times, was even greater than we 
had hoped. It was clear that our brands had never been stronger.

Management 
Under  the  terms  of  my  service  contract,  I  am  due  to  retire  as  the 
company’s chairman at the annual general meeting in January 2010. 
Following  an  independent  recommendation  from  the  nominations 
committee,  the  board  has  resolved  to  extend  my  retirement  date 
under  my  service  contract  by  two  years  to  the  date  of  the  annual 
general meeting in 2012.

The board was strengthened in December 2008 by the appointment 
of another independent non-executive director, David Pritchard, who 
has extensive experience of the financial services industry and serves 
on the company’s audit committee. In November 2009 we announced 
the appointment of a new executive director, Bashar AL-Rehany, who 
is chief executive officer of BCA Research, the group’s single largest 
business.

Tom Lamont retired from the board in January 2009 after nine years 
of valuable service as an executive director and editor of Institutional 
Investor’s newsletter division. Michael Carroll, who has served as an 
executive director since 2002 in his capacity as editor of Institutional 
Investor, has indicated his intention to step down from the board at 
the annual general meeting in January 2010.

It was with great sadness in July 2009 that we reported the death of 
Christopher  Brown,  one  of  our  longest-serving  executive  directors. 
We miss his cheerful face in adversity and his unfailing energy greatly, 
and to perpetuate his spirit we have created the annual Christopher 
Brown  Innovation  Prize  for  employees,  the  winner  of  which  will 
be  announced  internally  on  each  anniversary  of  Chris’s  birthday, 
February 6.

As a tribute to Sir Patrick Sergeant, who founded the company, we 
also  announced  a  new  Sergeant  Intern  Scholarship  for  graduates 
from emerging market universities.

I am also glad to tell you, in the same vein, that the Kalinga paediatric 
eye  hospital  in  Orissa,  India,  built  and  staffed  through  the  efforts 
and  generosity  of  our  shareholders,  colleagues,  and  customers  and 
which was officially inaugurated in March, continues to make good 
progress. By September 30 approximately 43,000 children from very 
poor families had been screened at the Euromoney eye centre and at 
outreach camps, while almost 10,000 had been treated, or received 
surgery.  Screening  should  increase  further  in  2010:  we  raised  more 
money for Kalinga than we expected, and the additional funds have 
been used for a wider outreach programme.

On your behalf and mine, I thank all our colleagues, wherever they are 
and whatever jobs they do, for the courage and resourcefulness they 
have shown in the most testing year I have seen. Now they prepare 
for a recovery in a changed landscape.

Padraic Fallon
Chairman

November 11 2009

06

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

Appendix to Chairman’s Statement

Reconciliation of Group Income Statement to underlying results for the year ended September 30 2009 
The reconciliation below sets out the underlying results of the group and the related adjustments to the statutory income statement that the 
directors consider necessary in order to provide a more comparable indication of the underlying trading performance. 

  Underlying  Adjustments 
£000’s 

£000’s 

Notes 

2009 
Total 
£000’s 

Underlying  Adjustments 
£000’s 

£000’s 

2008
Total
£000’s

Total revenue 

3 

 317,594  

 –  

 317,594  

 332,064  

 –  

 332,064 

Operating profit before acquired intangible 

amortisation, share option expense and 

exceptional items 

Acquired intangible amortisation 

Share option expense 

Exceptional items 

3 

 79,447  

 –  

 79,447  

 81,308  

 –  

 81,308 

 –  

 (15,891) 

 (15,891) 

 –  

 (12,749) 

 (12,749)

 (2,697) 

 –  

 (2,697) 

 (5,361) 

 –  

5 

 –  

 (33,901) 

 (33,901) 

 –  

 (2,477) 

 (5,361)

 (2,477)

Operating profit before associates 

 76,750  

 (49,792) 

 26,958  

 75,947  

 (15,226) 

 60,721 

Share of results in associates 

 219  

 –  

 219  

 308  

 –  

 308 

Operating profit 

Finance income 
Finance expense 

Net finance costs 

 76,969  

 2,281  
 (16,262) 

 (49,792) 

 –  
 (30,557) 

 27,177  

 2,281  
 (46,819) 

 76,255  

 5,594  
 (14,506) 

 (15,226) 

 –  
 (14,691) 

 61,029 

 5,594 
 (29,197)

7 
7 

 (13,981) 

 (30,557) 

 (44,538) 

 (8,912) 

 (14,691) 

 (23,603)

Profit/(loss) before tax 

 62,988  

 (80,349) 

 (17,361) 

 67,343  

 (29,917) 

Tax (expense)/credit on profit/(loss) 

8 

 (17,060) 

 27,472  

 10,412  

 (18,346) 

25,625 

 37,426 

 7,279 

Profit/(loss) after tax from 

continuing operations 

Profit for the year from 

discontinued operations 

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Attributable to: 

Equity holders of the parent 

Equity minority interests 

 45,928  

 (52,877) 

 (6,949) 

 48,997  

 (4,292) 

 44,705 

15 

 –  

 1,207  

 1,207  

 –  

 245  

 245 

 45,928  

 (51,670) 

 (5,742) 

 48,997  

 (4,047) 

 44,950 

 45,383  

 (51,670) 

 (6,287) 

 47,766  

 (4,047) 

 545  

 –  

 545  

 1,231  

 –  

 43,719 

 1,231 

 45,928  

 (51,670) 

 (5,742) 

 48,997  

 (4,047) 

 44,950 

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share 

– continuing operations 

10 

 40.39p  

 (47.06)p 

 (6.67)p 

 44.36p  

 (3.99)p 

 40.37p 

Underlying figures are presented before the impact of amortisation of acquired intangible assets and goodwill impairment, restructuring and 
other  exceptional  operating  costs,  exceptional  profit  on  disposal  of  investments  and  property,  non  cash  movements  on  acquisition  option 
commitment  values,  foreign  exchange  losses  on  restructured  hedging  arrangements  and  foreign  exchange  losses  on  tax  equalisation  swap 
contracts and the related tax effect. In respect of earnings, underlying amounts reflect a tax rate that includes the current tax effect of the 
goodwill and intangible assets.

Further analysis of the adjusting items is presented in notes 5, 7, 8 and 10 to the Annual Report.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

07

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Re port

The directors submit their annual report and group accounts for the 
year ended September 30 2009.

2. Strategy
The key elements of the group’s strategy are:

Certain  statements  made  in  this  document  are  forward-looking 
statements. Such statements are based on current expectations and 
are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause 
actual events or results to differ materially from any expected future 
events  or  results  referred  to  in  these  forward-looking  statements. 
Unless otherwise required by applicable law, regulation or accounting 
standard,  the  directors  do  not  undertake  any  obligation  to  update 
or  revise  any  forward-looking  statements,  whether  as  a  result  of 
new information, future development or otherwise. Nothing in this 
document shall be regarded as a profit forecast.

The  directors’  report  has  been  prepared  for  the  group  as  a  whole 
and  therefore  gives  greater  emphasis  to  those  matters  which  are 
significant to Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC and its subsidiary 
undertakings when viewed as a whole. It has been prepared solely to 
provide additional information to shareholders as a body to assess the 
company’s strategy and the potential for that strategy to succeed and 
the directors’ report should not be relied upon by any other party for 
any other purpose. The Corporate Governance report forms part of 
this Directors’ Report.

1. Principal activities
Euromoney  Institutional  Investor  PLC  is  listed  on  the  London  Stock 
Exchange and is a member of the FTSE 250 share index. It is a leading 
international  business-to-business  media  group  focused  primarily 
on  the  international  finance,  metals  and  commodities  sectors. 
It  publishes  more  than  70  magazines,  newsletters  and  journals, 
including Euromoney, Institutional Investor and Metal Bulletin. It also 
runs  an  extensive  portfolio  of  conferences,  seminars  and  training 
courses  and  is  a  leading  provider  of  electronic  information  and 
data  covering  international  finance,  metals  and  commodities,  and 
emerging markets. Its main offices are located in London, New York, 
Montreal and Hong Kong and nearly half of its revenues are derived 
from emerging markets. Details of the group’s legal entities can be 
found in note 13. 

y  drive top-line revenue growth from both new and existing products;
y  building  robust  subscription  and  repeat  revenues  and  reduce  the 

dependence on advertising;

y  improving  operating  margins  through  revenue  growth  and  tight 

cost control; 

y  leveraging  technology  to 

launch  specialised  new  electronic 

information services;

y  making focused acquisitions that supplement the group’s existing 
businesses,  strengthen  the  company’s  market  position  in  key 
areas and have the capacity for organic growth using the existing 
knowledge base of the group; and

y  keeping its net debt within a debt to EBITDA limit of four times.

In 2004, to supplement this strategy, the board set the group a profit* 
target of £50 million by 2008 against a base of £21 million in 2003. 
In March 2007, the target was increased to £57 million to reflect the 
Metal  Bulletin  acquisition.  The  profit*  achieved  in  2007  was  £65.7 
million,  beating  the  increased  target  a  year  earlier  than  expected. 
The  board  believes  this  significant  achievement  reflects  the  success 
of the Capital Appreciation Plan (CAP) in driving profit growth. This 
was  further  demonstrated  in  both  2008  and  this  year  when  the 
profits*  achieved  of  £72.9  million  and  £62.3  million  exceeded  the 
performance target set for the second and third (final) tranche of the 
CAP despite the tough economic trading conditions.

The directors believe that the CAP has been instrumental in driving the 
company’s strong profit performance since 2003 and, at the company’s 
2009 Annual General Meeting, shareholders approved a new long-term 
incentive  scheme,  Capital  Appreciation  Plan  2009  (CAP  2009).  This 
incentive scheme is being re-presented for shareholder approval at the 
2010 Annual General Meeting in view of certain proposed amendments 
to  the  scheme,  mainly  to  allow  tax  efficient  structuring  of  the  award 
and  to  confirm  the  primary  and  secondary  performance  targets.  This 
revised incentive scheme, Capital Appreciation Plan 2010 (CAP 2010), if 
approved, will replace CAP 2009. The board is firmly of the view that the 
CAP will continue to help drive the profit growth of the group. Further 
details of CAP 2010 are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

*  Profit before tax excluding acquired intangible amortisation, share option expense, exceptional items, non-cash movements in acquisition option commitments 
values, foreign exchange loss interest charge on tax equalisation contracts and foreign exchange on restructured hedging arrangements but including redundancy 
costs as set out in the Group Income Statement, note 5, and note 7.

08

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

3. Business review
3.1 Group results and dividends
The  group  loss  for  the  year  attributable  to  shareholders  amounted  to  £6.3  million  (2008:  profit  £43.7  million).  The  directors  recommend 
a  final  dividend  of  7.75  pence  per  ordinary  share  (2008:  13.00  pence),  payable  on  February  4  2010  to  shareholders  on  the  register  on 
November 20 2009. This, together with the interim dividend of 6.25 pence per ordinary share (2008: 6.25 pence) which was declared on May 
14 2009 and paid on July 16 2009, brings the total dividend for the year to 14.00 pence per ordinary share (2008: 19.25 pence).

3.2 Key performance indicators
The group monitors its performance against its strategy using the following key performance indicators.

Revenue change and mix 
Subscriptions 
Advertising 
Sponsorship 
Delegates 
Other 
Foreign exchange losses on forward contracts 

Gross margin1 

Adjusted operating margin2 

Like-for-like (reduction)/growth in profits3 

Headcount4 

Net debt to EBITDA5 

Revenue 
2009 
£m 

 152.3  
 54.8  
 38.5  
 69.6  
 10.5  
 (8.1) 

 317.6  

Mix 
2009 
% 

47% 
17% 
12% 
21% 
3% 
– 

100% 

Revenue 
2008 
£m 

 123.1  
 66.5  
 45.8  
 86.4  
 10.3  
 –  

 332.1  

2009 
71.9% 

25.0% 

(£3.0m) 

 1,841  

1.99:1 

Mix 
2008 
% 

37% 
20% 
14% 
26% 
3% 
 –  

100% 

2008 
69.1% 

24.5% 

£3.4m 

 2,207  

2.17:1 

Revenue
change
%

+24%
(18%)
(16%)
(19%)
+2%
 – 

(4%)

Change
+2.8%

+0.5%

(366) 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

09

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report  continued

CAP Profit6 and Adjusted PBT7

£m

75.0
70.0
65.0
60.0
55.0
50.0
45.0
40.0
35.0
30.0
25.0
20.0
15.0

CAP Profit

Adjusted PBT

CAP Original 
Target

CAP Revised 
Target

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

Year

1   Gross margin = gross profit as a percentage of revenue. Gross profit and revenue are both as per note 4 in the financial statements. 

2   Adjusted  operating  margin  =  operating  profit  before  acquired  intangible  amortisation,  share  option  expense,  exceptional  items  and 
associates as a percentage of revenue. Operating profit and revenue are both as per the Group Income Statement in the financial statements.

3   Like-for-like growth in profits = proportion of operating profit growth that relates to organic growth, rather than acquisitions. Operating 

profit is from continuing operations and excludes closed businesses and is adjusted for significant timing differences.

4   Headcount = number of permanent people employed at the end of the period including people employed in associates.

5   Net debt to EBITDA = the amount of the group’s net debt (converted at the group’s weighted average exchange rate for the rolling 12 
month period) to earnings before interest, tax (operating profit), depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items but after the share option 
expense.

6   CAP profit = profit before tax excluding acquired intangible amortisation, share option expense, exceptional items, non-cash movements 
in  acquisition  option  commitments  values,  foreign  exchange  loss  interest  charge  on  tax  equalisation  contracts  and  foreign  exchange  on 
restructured hedging arrangements but for 2009, including redundancy costs as set out in the Group Income Statement, note 5, and note 7.

7  Adjusted PBT = CAP profit after the deduction of share option expense and the exclusion of redundancy costs as set out on page 7.

10

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

3.3 KPIs explained
The key performance indicators are all within the board’s expectations 
and support its successful strategy. These indicators are discussed in 
section 3.4 below.

sharply  from  the  second  quarter,  while  advertising  and  sponsorship 
revenues  have  continued  to  decline  more  gradually.  Similarly, 
subscription renewal rates and new sales also started to decline from 
the second quarter.

3.4 Development of the business of the group
3.4.1 Trading review
Total revenues fell by 4% to £317.6 million: a 4% increase in the first 
half was offset by an 11% decrease in the second. The impact of the 
tough trading conditions on revenues would have been much greater 
but  for  the  favourable  movement  in  exchange  rates.  The  group 
generates more than two thirds of its revenues in US dollars and the 
20%  fall  in  the  average  sterling-US  dollar  rate  over  the  year  had  a 
significant effect on reported revenues, which at constant exchange 
rates fell by 16%.

Revenues 

2009 
£m 

 152.3  
 54. 8  
 38.5  
 69.6  
 10.5  

Subscriptions 
Advertising 
Sponsorship 
Delegates 
Other/closed 
Foreign exchange losses 
on forward currency 
contracts 

 (8.1) 

  Change at
constant
exchange
rates

2008  Headline 
change 

£m 

123.1  
66.5  
45.8  
86.4  
10.3  

24%  
(18%) 
(16%) 
(19%) 
2%  

3% 
(29%)
(30%)
(29%)
(5%)

–  

–  

– 

Total revenue 

 317.6  

332.1  

(4%) 

(16%)

The performance of the group’s various revenue streams reflects the 
timing of the reaction of its customers to the global credit crisis. In 
2008  most  customers,  particularly  the  global  financial  institutions, 
were  focused  on  financial  survival  and  positioning  their  businesses 
for tougher trading conditions. Spend on advertising and conference 
sponsorship, which tends to be both high value and discretionary, was 
cut  and  headcount  was  reduced.  The  micro-management  of  costs, 
however, particularly training, conference attendance and travel, and 
information  buying  did  not  begin  until  January  2009.  As  a  result, 
delegate  attendance  at  events  and  training  courses  turned  down 

For  the  past  three  quarters,  the  year-on-year  declines  in  advertising 
and  sponsorship  (-20%)  and  delegate  revenues  (-30%)  have  been 
running  at  similar  rates.  In  contrast,  subscription  revenues  grew  by 
a  third  in  the  first  half,  and  have  continued  to  grow  in  the  second 
half, although the rate of growth has slowed rapidly due to the lag 
effect  of  lower  sales  and  renewal  rates  earlier  in  the  year,  which 
will continue to be a drag on subscription revenues in the first half 
of 2010.

Emerging  markets,  which  account  for  nearly  half  of  the  group’s 
revenues,  were  less  exposed  to  the  excess  leverage  and  complex 
financial  products  that  have  characterised  the  credit  problems  in 
North America and Europe, and have come through the credit crisis 
well.  The  recovery  of  China  and  the  consistent  strength  of  Latin 
American  markets  have  helped  offset  weakness  in  Eastern  Europe 
and the Middle East.

The  group  acted  quickly  and  early  to  restructure  the  business,  cut 
costs  and  protect  margins.  As  part  of  this  restructuring,  the  group 
has reduced its world-wide headcount by 17% since the start of the 
financial  year,  reduced  the  amount  of  office  space  in  London  and 
New York, and closed or merged a number of small or low margin 
print  titles.  These  actions  generated  annualised  cost  savings  of 
approximately £17 million, more than half of which are still to flow 
through  to  profits  in  2010.  Despite  a  £15  million  fall  in  revenues, 
adjusted operating profit fell by just £1.9 million to £79.4 million, and 
the group adjusted operating margin improved from 24.5% to 25%.

The tight management of margins is an integral part of the group’s 
strategy.  The  group  deliberately  keeps  as  much  as  possible  of  its 
cost  base  variable  with  revenues,  volumes  or  profits.  This  includes 
the direct costs of producing content and running events or training 
courses,  much  of  which  is  provided  by  freelancers  and  contractors, 
and the compensation of its employees, much of which is provided 
through incentives which vary directly with revenues or profits. Fixed 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report  continued

overheads, which relate mostly to offices and technology, account for 
less than 10% of revenue.

3.4.2 Business division review
Financial  Publishing:  adjusted  operating  profits  fell  by  17%  to 
£20.3  million,  and  the  adjusted  operating  margin  decreased  from 
29%  to  27%.  Revenues,  which  comprise  a  mix  of  advertising  and 
subscriptions,  fell  by  10%  to  £75.4  million.  Advertising  revenues 
are  heavily  dependent  on  the  marketing  spend  of  global  financial 
institutions  and  fell  by  20%.  Many  US  and  European  institutions 
stopped  advertising  altogether,  whereas  advertising  from  emerging 
markets held up well. In contrast, subscription revenues increased by 
7% as the group continued to invest in migrating its print products 
to  a  higher  value  web-first  publishing  model  with  an  emphasis  on 
subscriptions over advertising. 

Business  Publishing:  the  group’s  activities  outside  finance  are  in 
sectors  traditionally  less  volatile,  and  which  follow  different  cycles. 
Adjusted  operating  profits  increased  by  21%  to  £23.4  million, 
following  a  6%  increase  in  revenues  to  £56.3  million  and  an 
improvement in the adjusted operating margin from 36% to 41%. 
Among the sectors covered, metals, minerals and mining under the 
Metal  Bulletin  brand,  telecoms  under  TelCap’s  Capacity  brand,  and 
legal publishing all achieved good growth; only the energy sector was 
weak.

Training: revenues are derived largely from paying delegates. Training 
is  a  discretionary  spend  for  most  customers,  at  least  in  the  short-
term, and revenues fell sharply from the start of the second quarter, 
with an immediate negative effect on margins. Some of the revenue 
decline was self-inflicted as course volumes were cut deliberately in 
the second half which, combined with the impact of early cost cuts, 
helped the margin recover a little. Training revenues for the year fell 
by 22% to £31.7 million and, after a decline in the adjusted operating 
margin from 26% to 20%, adjusted operating profits fell by 40% to 
£6.2 million. 

Conferences and Seminars: revenues comprise a roughly equal mix 
of sponsorship and paying delegates. Like Training, delegate revenues 

fell  sharply  from  the  start  of  the  second  quarter  as  customers  cut 
back on travel and event attendance. Sponsorship revenues tend to 
follow similar trends to advertising, and have been declining at a more 
gradual  rate  but  from  an  earlier  starting  point.  In  difficult  markets 
there  is  inevitably  a  shift  to  the  bigger,  more  established  events, 
and  the  market  contracts  as  many  of  the  smaller  events  are  cut. 
The group’s strategy for its event businesses reflects this experience, 
and  during  the  year  it  focused  on  maintaining  the  market  leading 
positions of its bigger events, at the same time shrinking volumes by 
eliminating many of the smaller, low margin events. Revenues fell by 
15%  to  £74.9  million  and  the  adjusted  operating  margin  declined 
from  26%  to  21%,  driving  a  31%  decline  in  adjusted  operating 
profits to £15.9 million.

Databases and Information Services: this was the best performing 
division  by  some  way,  with  adjusted  operating  profits  increasing  by 
72% to £36.2 million, compared to just £3.4 million five years ago. 
Revenues grew by 32% to £87.5 million and the adjusted operating 
margin improved to 41%. Revenues and profits from this division are 
predominantly  subscription-based  and  US  dollar-denominated,  and 
the decrease in the sterling-US dollar rate was a significant factor in 
this  year’s  growth.  Revenues  at  constant  exchange  rates  increased 
by 9%.

In  volatile  and  challenging  markets  the  demand  for  high  quality 
information and data tends to hold up well, particularly for products 
that are an integral part of companies’ information flows and work 
processes, and have built up a strong brand loyalty. The main driver of 
growth from Databases and Information Services in 2009 was BCA: 
demand  for  its  high  quality,  independent  macro-economic  research 
has  proved  robust  despite  the  shrinking  of  the  asset  management 
industry.  ISI,  the  emerging  markets  information  business,  has 
experienced a more difficult time as many financial institutions have 
cut investment and resources in this area, although CEIC, its emerging 
market data subsidiary, has continued to grow as it expands its data 
coverage  from  Asia  to  other  markets.  Revenues  from  the  group’s 
capital  market  databases,  a  venture  undertaken  with  Dealogic  plc, 
also increased after significant investment by Dealogic to upgrade its 
products and delivery platform.

12

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

3.4.3 Impact of foreign currency on results
The  group  generates  approximately  two  thirds  of  its  revenues  in 
US dollars, including approximately 30% of the revenues in its UK-
based businesses, and approximately 60% of its operating profits are 
US  dollar-denominated.  The  group  is  therefore  exposed  to  foreign 
exchange risk on the US dollar revenues in its UK businesses, and on 
the translation of the results of its US dollar-denominated businesses. 
The average sterling-US dollar exchange rate applied for the year was 
$1.58 against $1.97 in 2008. 

In  order  to  hedge  its  exposure  to  US  dollar  revenues  in  its  UK 
businesses, forward contracts are put in place to sell forward surplus 
US  dollars,  with  a  view  to  being  80%  hedged  for  the  coming 
12 months and partially for the following six months. As a result of 
this hedging strategy, some of the profit benefit from the movement 
in the sterling-US dollar rate has been delayed until 2010 and beyond. 
In  2009,  foreign  exchange  losses  on  forward  currency  contracts  of 
£8.1  million,  which  are  reported  as  a  reduction  in  revenues,  were 
matched by a similar improvement in the sterling value of US dollar 
revenues in the UK businesses. 

At the end of the first half, the group recognised losses of £9.0 million 
on  forward  currency  contracts  rendered  ineffective  by  the  sharp 
downturn  in  US  dollar  revenues  in  the  group’s  UK  businesses.  The 
closing  of  these  contracts  was  completed  at  more  favourable  rates 
early  in  the  second  half,  and  the  realised  loss  was  reduced  to  £7.9 
million. This loss is reported as an expense in net finance costs and 
excluded from the underlying results. 

The  group  does  not  hedge  the  foreign  exchange  risk  on  the 
translation of overseas profits, although it does endeavour to match 
foreign currency borrowings with investments and the related foreign 
currency finance costs provide a partial hedge against the translation 
of  overseas  profits.  The  significant  increase  in  profits  from  its  US 
dollar-denominated businesses, particularly BCA and ISI/CEIC, means 
that  the  impact  of  exchange  rate  movements  on  the  translation  of 
overseas  profits  has  also  increased.  In  2009,  the  translation  benefit 
from  favourable  movements  in  the  sterling-US  dollar  rate  was 
approximately £6 million.

3.4.4 Financial review 
The statutory loss before tax of £17.4 million is stated after charging, 
among other items: exceptional restructuring and impairment costs 
of  £33.9  million  (see  below);  acquired  intangible  amortisation  of 
£15.9 million; foreign exchange losses on tax equalisation contracts 
of  £19.9  million  (see  below);  and  finance  costs  of  £7.9  million  on 
restructured hedging arrangements (see below).

The group’s actions to restructure its businesses and cut costs incurred 
exceptional  restructuring  and  other  costs  of  £10.7  million,  most  of 
which  were  incurred  in  the  first  half.  The  group  has  also  reviewed 
the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets, which has given 
rise  to  an  exceptional  impairment  charge  of  £23.2  million,  mostly 
in  connection  with  its  US-based  activities  in  the  structured  finance 
sector, and again mostly charged in the first half.

3.4.5 Finance costs
The group’s interest cost includes £19.9 million (2008: £12.0 million) 
in  relation  to  foreign  exchange  losses  on  hedges  on  intra-group 
financing. These are matched by an equal and opposite tax credit in 
the group’s tax line from tax equalisation swaps designed to hedge 
this transaction, so that there is no financial impact on earnings per 
share. 

During the year the group restructured its hedging arrangements (see 
note  7  and  note  18)  and  incurred  foreign  exchange  losses  of  £7.9 
million (2008: £nil) on its resultant ineffective hedges.

IAS  39  ‘Financial  Instruments:  Recognition  and  Measurement’ 
requires an imputed interest charge to be recognised on the group’s 
future acquisition payments under option agreements. This additional 
finance  charge  increased  the  group’s  interest  cost  by  £0.6  million 
(2008:  £1.0  million).  IAS  39  also  requires  any  movements  in  the 
estimated value of acquisition option commitments to be recognised 
in interest and in 2009 an amount of £2.2 million (2008: £1.7 million) 
was recognised. There is no related cash effect of these amounts. 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

13

 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report  continued

Excluding these amounts, the group’s net finance cost increased from 
£8.9 million to £14.0 million, reflecting the higher cost of the group’s 
new debt facility and the loss of income of £3.4 million from a treasury 
structure in 2008 which was closed at the start of the year. The group 
continues  to  follow  its  treasury  policy  of  fixing  the  interest  rate  on 
a  portion  of  its  long-term  borrowings  (see  treasury  section  below) 
and hence did not benefit significantly this year from the lower LIBOR 
interest rates available in the market place.

A  detailed  reconciliation  of  the  group’s  underlying  and  statutory 
results is set out in the appendix to the Chairman’s Statement.

3.4.6 Debt and working capital management
Net debt at September 30 2009 was £165.1 million (2008: £172.0 
million) which included cash of £12.5 million (2008: £21.2 million). At 
the end of September the group’s net debt to EBITDA ratio improved 
to  1.99  (2008:  2.17),  resulting  in  the  group’s  variable  rate  interest 
margin  above  LIBOR  falling  by  five  basis  points  compared  to  the 
beginning of the year.

The net debt to EBITDA covenant on the group’s committed facility 
is  subject  to  a  limit  of  four  times.  However,  in  light  of  the  global 
credit  crisis,  the  board  decided  at  the  start  of  the  year  to  apply  a 
more  conservative  internal  covenant  of  three  times  EBITDA,  and  to 
implement  a  rigorous  debt  reduction  plan.  The  net  debt  to  EBITDA 
ratio at year end was just under two times, a slight reduction on the 
level at the half year, and has been held at this level for most of the 
year. The net debt to EBITDA ratio is expected to peak at the end of 
the second and third quarters of 2010 and the board will continue to 
manage its net debt to its more conservative internal debt covenant. 

During the year the group has focused on reducing its cash holdings 
in order to maximise the amount available to reduce its gross debt. 
At  September  30  2009  cash  held  has  fallen  by  £8.7  million.  Cash 
generated  from  operations  fell  by  27%  to  £72.6  million  producing 
a  cash  conversion  (the  percentage  by  which  cash  generated  from 
operations covers adjusted operating profit) of 91% (2008: 123%) as 
a result of a fall in deferred revenue. 

Approximately  80%  of  the  group’s  debt  is  US  dollar-denominated. 
The sterling-US dollar rate increased from $1.43 at March 31 to $1.60 
at year end, which helped reduce net debt by £18.0 million, reversing 
some of the £31.0 million increase generated by currency movements 
in the first half. 

Cash  flows  in  the  second  half  are  traditionally  stronger  than  those 
in  the  first  due  to  the  timing  of  payments  for  annual  profit  shares, 
dividends  and  earn-outs.  Cash  generated  from  operations  in  the 
second half was £48.1 million, against £24.5 million in the first half. 
The operating cash conversion rate was 91%. The group also invested 
a  further  £6.3  million  in  the  second  half  in  increasing  its  equity 
interests  in  a  number  of  its  subsidiaries  under  acquisition  earn-out 
agreements. Commitments remaining under outstanding acquisition 
option agreements total £11.9 million, most of which is expected to 
be paid in 2010.

The  group’s  debt  is  provided  through  a  dedicated  multi-currency 
committed  facility  from  Daily  Mail  and  General  Trust  plc  (DMGT). 
The facility was renewed in December 2008 on terms broadly similar 
to  those  of  the  previous  facility.  At  renewal,  the  group  took  the 
opportunity to reduce the size of its facility from £300 million to $400 
million reflecting the strong cash flows since the acquisition of Metal 
Bulletin in October 2006. The facility is provided in a mix of sterling 
and US dollar funds over three and five year terms, and the earliest 
repayment date is December 31 2011. Interest on the facility is payable 
at a variable rate between 1.3% and 3.0% above LIBOR, compared to 
0.4% and 1.6% under the old facility, depending on the group’s net 
debt to EBITDA ratio. The net debt to EBITDA covenant is defined to 
allow the rate used in the translation of US dollar EBITDA, including 
hedging  contracts,  to  be  used  also  in  the  calculation  of  net  debt, 
thereby removing any distortion to the covenant from increases in net 
debt due to short-term movements in the US dollar. At September 30 
2009 there were £81.4 million (2008: £115.4 million) of committed 
undrawn amounts directly available to the group. The average cost of 
funds in 2009 was 6.0% (2008: 5.9%).

14

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

3.4.7 Dividend strategy
At the time of the half year results, the board announced its intention 
to increase its dividend cover to three times earnings. The proposed 
reduction in the final dividend reflects this decision, which arose after 
reviewing possible debt and cash flow outcomes in the light of events 
in  world  financial  and  commodities  markets  from  2007  onwards. 
This review suggested that volatility in these markets had increased 
sharply, particularly in the wake of the Lehman collapse. The board 
concluded that such volatility may persist for some time, in spite of 
the recovery in parts of financial markets, and that the dividend cover 
should be rebased to a sustainable level for the longer term. 

The  board  has  approved  a  final  dividend  of  7.75p  a  share  (2008: 
13.00p), making a total dividend for the year of 14.00p (2008: 19.25p). 
The final dividend will be paid on February 4 2010 to shareholders on 
the  register  at  November  20  2009.  A  scrip  dividend  alternative  will 
again be available to shareholders. The group’s majority shareholder, 
Daily Mail and General Trust plc, has indicated its intention to accept 
the scrip alternative when the final dividend is paid.

In future, the board intends to maintain a policy of distributing one 
third  of  its  after-tax  earnings  to  shareholders  while  delivering  long-
term dividend growth in real terms. From 2010, the interim dividend 
will be adjusted so that approximately one third of the expected total 
dividend will be paid as an interim and the balance as a final dividend. 

3.4.8 Balance sheet
The net assets of the group were £105.0 million compared to £88.1 
million  in  2008.  The  main  movements  in  the  balance  sheet  items 
were  in:  intangible  assets,  reflecting  the  recognition  of  £23.2 
million of goodwill and other intangible assets following the further 
equity  purchases  of  ISI,  TelCap,  Total  Derivatives,  IMN  and  ABF, 
foreign  exchange  gains  of  £34.0  million  and  amortisation  charge 
of £16.1 million and impairment losses of £23.2 million; property, 
plant and equipment fell by £1.9 million to £19.8 million, largely 
as  a  result  of  depreciation  of  £3.8  million,  including  exceptional 
accelerated depreciation of £1.2 million following the rationalisation 
of the group’s property portfolio (see note 5), offset by regular capital 
expenditure across the group of £1.3 million and a foreign exchange 
gain of £0.7 million; net pension surplus fell from £2.5 million to a 
deficit of £0.4 million reflecting the change in pension surplus on the 

Metal  Bulletin  pension  scheme;  derivative  financial  instruments 
(due less than one year and more than one year), increased slightly 
from a liability of £23.1 million to £23.4 million reflecting the mark 
to  market  value  of  the  group’s  forward  currency  contracts  and 
interest  rate  swaps;  acquisition  option  commitments  due  in  less 
than one year fell £11.0 million to £11.2 million reflecting the £20.7 
million exercise of the option commitments over ISI, Total Derivatives, 
Telcap,  IMN  and  ABF,  £2.1  million  of  foreign  exchange  loss,  offset 
by  the  £7.5  million  transfer  of  the  liability  from  acquisition  option 
commitments due in more than year, in relation to further tranches 
of  the  group’s  acquisitions  due  for  purchase  in  2010;  trade  and 
other  payables  increased  £28.6  million  to  £59.2  million  reflecting 
the inclusion of a balance due to a DMGT group undertaking from an 
intergroup funding transaction; deferred income fell £6.9 million to 
£82.6 million reflecting the fall in the group’s revenues; loan notes 
fell  £1.9  million  to  £5.7  million,  a  result  of  loan  note  redemption 
during  the  year;  committed  loan  facility  is,  in  2009,  classified  as 
due  in  more  than  one  year  following  its  renewal.  The  total  facility 
(less than one year and more than one year) has fallen £13.2 million 
to  £171.4  million,  reflecting  the  net  cash  generated  by  the  group 
from  operations;  deferred  tax,  the  net  deferred  tax  liability  has 
fallen  from  £11.4  million  to  £3.3  million  due  to  the  recognition  of 
additional deferred tax assets on US and UK losses and the unwinding 
of deferred tax on intangible assets and goodwill impairment.

3.4.9 Acquisitions and disposals
Acquisitions  remain  a  fundamental  part  of  the  group’s  growth 
strategy. In particular the board believes that acquisitions are valuable 
for taking the group into new sectors, for bringing new technologies 
into the group and for increasing the group’s growth by buying into 
rapidly developing niche businesses. The group continues to look for 
acquisitions  to  support  its  main  brands,  especially  in  international 
finance, energy, commodities, telecoms and law.

Increase in equity holdings
During the year the group has invested £19.9 million in increasing its 
equity interests in a number of its subsidiaries under acquisition earn-
out agreements. This includes the acquisition of the outstanding 20% 
minority interest in Information Management Network, the structured 
finance,  indexing  and  real  estate  events  business,  for  £7.7  million, 
and the acquisition of the outstanding 10% minority interest in Asia 
Business  Forum  for  £0.4  million.  The  group  also  spent  £3.0  million 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

15

 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report  continued

on an additional 4% interest in ISI, taking its holding to 98%, £2.8 
million increasing its interest in Total Derivatives from 78% to 89%, 
and £6.0 million increasing its interest in TelCap from 70% to 85%. 
Further details are provided in note 14. Following these payments, the 
total commitment under outstanding acquisition option agreements 
has  fallen  from  £29.8  million  to  £11.9  million,  most  of  which  is 
payable in 2010.

3.4.10 Headcount
The  number  of  people  employed  is  monitored  monthly,  to  ensure 
that  there  are  sufficient  people  employed  to  meet  the  forthcoming 
demands of each business but also to make sure that the businesses 
continue  to  deliver  sufficient  profits  to  support  the  people  they 
employ. During the year, given the down-turn in trading, the directors 
have  reduced  headcount  and,  at  the  end  of  September,  the  group 
employed 1,841 people, a decrease of 366 since the start of the year. 

3.4.11 Marketing and circulation
In  2009  revenues  from  direct  marketing,  including  Metal  Bulletin, 
increased by 8%. Revenue growth was achieved across all products, 
in  particular  electronic  subscriptions.  Marketing  revenues  taken 
online  grew  by  32%,  primarily  driven  by  the  database  businesses: 
BCA,  ISI  and  CEIC.  Return  on  marketing  spend  improved  by  25%, 
marketing continues to be focused on renewal and driving electronic 
subscriptions.

3.4.12 Systems and information technology
The group continues to invest across all technology areas. 

In 2009 the group implemented new advertising billing software in 
the  UK  and  Asia  and  planning  is  underway  for  delivery  to  the  US 
office early next year. The group is continuing the roll out of the event 
management  and  registration  technology  and  integrating  systems 
with the conference business websites. A major project to implement 
new  central  CRM  technology  has  started  with  an  extensive  roll  out 
scheduled during 2010.

The  group  has  invested  in  resilient  and  high  capacity  telecom 
infrastructure;  VoIP  networks  provide  increased  internet  bandwidth 
and  a  scalable  and  feature-rich  telephony  network  across  the 
company.  Unified messaging is in place in the UK and US to enable 
staff  to  receive  voicemail  over  the  web  worldwide.  The  group 

continues  to  invest  in  video  conferencing  technology  between  the 
offices in London, New York, Montreal and Hong Kong to improve 
communication and reduce global travel costs. Total call costs were 
further  reduced  following  a  full  review  of  telecom  suppliers  and 
services during the year.

The  group’s  websites  are  located  at  a  dedicated,  high-availability 
hosting centre. Many sites were re-launched during 2009 with fresh 
designs  and  updated  technologies.  New  state-of-the-art  search 
technology  was  implemented  during  the  year  and  made  available 
across a portfolio of sites.

Throughout  2009  the  group  continued  to  invest  in  its  e-commerce 
infrastructure.  New  technology  has  been  developed  to  enhance 
how the group manages its website customers, products and online 
orders;  new  access  control  software  has  increased  the  number  of 
ways  content  can  be  delivered  online.  A  comprehensive  training 
programme  is  underway  to  support  the  software  roll  out  across 
the group.

There  was  a  full  review  of  the  group’s  information  security  policy 
in  2009.  A  programme  is  underway  to  encrypt  data  on  all  laptops 
worldwide  and  new  software  is  being  introduced  across  the  group 
networks to track and control access to corporate data. All credit card 
processing systems and procedures were updated during the year to 
meet the new standards mandated by the payment card industry. 

In  2009  disaster  recovery  and  business  continuity  plans  for  all 
businesses  were  updated.  The  group  has  an  active  programme  for 
testing the disaster recovery plans for all business units.

3.4.13 Tax and treasury 
Committee
The  group’s  tax  and  treasury  committee  normally  meets  twice  a 
year  and  is  responsible  for  recommending  policy  to  the  board.  The 
committee members are the chairman, managing director and finance 
director  of  the  company,  and  the  finance  director  and  the  deputy 
finance  director  of  DMGT.  The  chairman  of  the  audit  committee  is 
also  invited  to  attend  the  tax  and  treasury  meetings.  The  group’s 
treasury policies are directed to giving greater certainty of future costs 
and revenues and ensuring that the group has adequate liquidity for 
working capital and debt capacity for funding acquisitions.

16

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Treasury
The  treasury  department  does  not  act  as  a  profit  centre,  nor  does 
it  undertake  any  speculative  trading  activity  and  it  operates  within 
policies and procedures approved by the board.

foreign currency borrowings with investments and the related foreign 
currency finance costs provide a partial hedge against the translation 
of overseas profits. As a result of this hedging strategy, any profit or 
loss from the strengthening or weakening of the US dollar will largely 
be delayed until the following financial year and beyond.

Interest  rate  swaps  are  used  to  manage  the  group’s  exposure  to 
fluctuations  in  interest  rates  on  its  floating  rate  borrowings.  The 
maturity  profile  of  these  derivatives  is  matched  with  the  expected 
future debt profile of the group. The group’s policy is to fix the interest 
rates  on  approximately  80%  of  its  term  debt  looking  forward  over 
five  years.  The  maturity  dates  are  spread  in  order  to  avoid  interest 
rate basis risk and also to negate short-term changes in interest rates.

At September 30 2009, the group had 84% of its gross debt fixed 
by the use of interest rate hedges. The predictability of interest costs 
is deemed to be more important than the possible opportunity cost 
forgone  of  achieving  lower  interest  rates  and  this  hedging  strategy 
has  the  effect  of  spreading  the  group’s  exposure  to  fluctuations 
arising from changes in interest rates and hence protects the group’s 
interest charge against sudden increases in rates but also prevents the 
group from benefiting immediately from falls in rates.

The  group  generates  approximately  two-thirds  of  its  revenues  in 
US dollars, including approximately 30% of the revenues in its UK-
based businesses, and approximately 60% of its operating profits are 
US  dollar-denominated.  The  group  is  therefore  exposed  to  foreign 
exchange risk on the US dollar revenues in its UK businesses, and on 
the translation of the results of its US dollar-denominated businesses. 

In  order  to  hedge  its  exposure  to  US  dollar  revenues  in  its  UK 
businesses,  a  series  of  forward  contracts  are  put  in  place  to  sell 
forward surplus US dollars. In 2008, the group hedged fully for the 
coming 12 months and partially for a further 36 months. This year, the 
directors reviewed the group’s hedging policy and as a result reduced 
the  period  of  partial  hedging  from  up  to  48  months  to  between 
12 and 18 months and reduced the percentage of revenues hedged 
in the first 12 months to 80%. The transition to the revised policy will 
take a number of months, with forward deals in excess of 18 months 
being allowed to naturally unwind.

Details of the financial instruments used are set out in note 18 to the 
accounts.

Tax 
The underlying effective tax rate based on adjusted profit before tax 
and excluding deferred tax movements on intangible assets, prior year 
items and exceptionals is 27% (2008: 27%). The group’s underlying 
tax rate has historically been below 30% because of the tax benefit 
of overseas tax deductible goodwill. 

The  group’s  reported  effective  tax  rate  decreased  to  a  60%  credit 
compared to 19% credit in 2008. A credit of £19.9 million relating to 
tax on foreign exchange losses (2008: £12.0 million) has been treated 
as exceptional as it is hedged by £19.9 million (2008: £12.0 million) of 
foreign exchange losses on tax equalisation contracts included within 
net finance costs (note 7). A reconciliation to the underlying effective 
rate is set out in note 8 in the accounts.

The  total  net  deferred  tax  balance  held  is  a  liability  of  £3.3  million 
(2008:  £11.4  million)  and  relates  primarily  to  capitalised  intangible 
assets, tax deductible US goodwill and rolled over capital gains, net of 
deferred tax assets held in respect of US and UK tax losses and short-
term  timing  differences  and  the  future  deductions  available  for  the 
CAP. The decrease in the net liability is primarily due to the impairment 
of goodwill and the unwinding of deferred tax on intangible assets. 

4. Principal risks and uncertainties
The  company  has  continued  to  develop  its  processes  for  risk 
management.  Management  of  significant  risk  is  regularly  on  the 
agenda of the board and other senior management meetings.

Specific risk areas that potentially could have a material impact on the 
group’s long-term performance include: 

The  group  does  not  hedge  the  foreign  exchange  risk  on  the 
translation of overseas profits, although it does endeavour to match 

Downturn in economy or market sector
The group generates significant income from certain key geographical 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report  continued

regions  and  market  sectors  for  both  its  publishing  and  events 
businesses. Uncertainty in global financial markets increases the risk 
of  a  downturn  or  potential  collapse  in  one  of  these  areas,  should 
this  occur,  income  is  likely  to  be  adversely  affected  and  for  events 
businesses some abandonment costs may also be incurred.

However, the group has a strong product mix and operates in multiple 
geographical locations which reduces dependency on any one sector 
or  region.  Management  has  shown  a  proven  ability  to  switch  the 
group’s focus to new or unaffected markets (e.g. following the SARS 
outbreak in Asia and terrorist attacks in New York). 

Major disease outbreak
The  recent  outbreak  of  a  new  strain  of  H1N1  influenza  (Swine  Flu) 
has  led  the  World  Health  Organisation  to  increase  the  pandemic 
threat  level  to  five,  indicating  an  imminent  pandemic.  Whilst  it  is 
not clear how serious any pandemic might be, it could significantly 
affect the group’s ability to produce and deliver its products, reduce 
the demand for them, or increase the cost base. Events businesses in 
particular  may  be  sensitive  to  a  pandemic  as  their  success  depends 
on delegates’ confidence in and ability to travel globally. Disruptions 
or reductions to global travel as a result of a pandemic could lead to 
events being cancelled or postponed. Disaster recovery plans are in 
place to address this risk.

Liquidity risk
The  group  has  significant  borrowings  and  is  an  approved  borrower 
under  a  Daily  Mail  and  General  Trust  plc  (DMGT),  $400  million 
revolving  multi-currency  facility.  This  facility  requires  the  group  to 
meet  certain  covenants  based  on  net  debt  and  profits  adjusted  for 
certain non-cash items and the impact of foreign exchange. Failure 
to  do  so  would  result  in  the  group  being  in  breach  of  the  facility 
potentially resulting in the facility being withdrawn or impediment of 
management decision making by the lender. Management regularly 
monitor the covenants and prepare detailed debt forecasts to ensure 
that  sufficient  headroom  is  available  and  that  the  covenants  are 
not  close  or  potentially  close  to  breach.  The  group’s  strategy  is  to 
use  excess  operating  cash  to  pay  down  its  debt.  The  group  has  a 
cash  conversion  rate  (the  percentage  by  which  cash  generated  by 
operations  covers  adjusted  operating  profit)  of  91%,  due  to  much 
of  its  subscription,  conference  and  training  revenue  being  paid  in 
advance. The three year quantums of the facility are due for renewal 

in December 2011 and the five year quantums in December 2013.
Under  the  DMGT  facility,  at  September  30  2009,  the  group  has 
£81.4 million of undrawn but committed facilities available to draw 
upon if required. This is more than sufficient for the group to meet 
expected  and  unexpected  short-term  working  capital  requirements. 
However,  given  the  level  of  uncertainty  in  the  global  economy  and 
financial  markets,  there  is  a  risk  that  the  undrawn  portion  of  the 
facility may be unavailable or withdrawn if DMGT experience funding 
difficulties themselves. It is, however, unlikely that this would impact 
the group as DMGT have a wide range of funding sources, other than 
bank  debt,  available  to  them.  In  addition,  if  DMGT  were  unable  to
fulfil its commitment to Euromoney the directors are confident that 
the  group  is  in  a  position  that  would  enable  it  to  secure  adequate 
facilities outside of DMGT, albeit at an increased cost to the business 
due  to  high  interest  charges  imposed  given  the  crisis  in  the  credit 
markets.

Market price risk
Market price risk is the possibility that changes in currency exchange 
rates, interest rates or commodity prices will adversely affect the value 
of the group’s financial assets, liabilities or expected future cash flows. 
The  group’s  primary  market  risks  are  interest  rate  fluctuations  and 
exchange rate movements. Derivatives are used to hedge or reduce 
the risks of interest rate and exchange rate movements and are not 
entered  into  unless  such  risks  exist.  Derivatives  used  by  the  group 
for  hedging  a  particular  risk  are  not  specialised  and  are  generally 
available  from  numerous  sources.  The  fair  values  of  interest  rate 
swaps, currency options and forward exchange contracts set out in 
note 18 represent the replacement costs calculated using the market 
rates of interest and exchange at September 30 2009. The group has 
no other material market price risks.

Interest rate risk
The  group’s  borrowings  are  in  both  pounds  sterling  and  US  dollars 
with the related interest tied to GBP and US dollar LIBOR. This results 
in the group’s interest charge being at risk to fluctuations in interest 
rates.  It  is  the  group’s  policy  to  hedge  approximately  80%  of  its 
interest  exposure,  converting  its  floating  rate  debt  into  fixed  debt 
by  means  of  interest  rate  swaps.  The  maturity  dates  are  spread  in 
order to avoid interest rate basis risk and also to negate short-term 
changes in interest rates. The predictability of interest costs is deemed 

18

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

to  be  more  important  than  the  possible  opportunity  cost  foregone 
of  achieving  lower  interest  rates  and  this  hedging  strategy  has  the 
effect of spreading the group’s exposure to fluctuations arising from 
changes  in  interest  rates  and  hence  protects  the  group’s  interest 
charge against sudden increases in rates but also prevents the group 
from benefiting immediately from falls in rates. Details of the group’s 
interest rate swaps are given in note 18.

Foreign currency risk
The  group  generates  approximately  two-thirds  of  its  revenues  in 
US dollars, including approximately 30% of the revenues in its UK-
based businesses, and approximately 60% of its operating profits are 
US  dollar-denominated.  The  group  is  therefore  exposed  to  foreign 
exchange risk on the US dollar revenues in its UK businesses, and on 
the translation of the results of its US dollar-denominated businesses. 

The group does not hedge the translation of the results of its US dollar-
denominated  businesses.  Consequently,  fluctuations  in  the  value  of 
sterling  versus  the  US  dollar  could  materially  affect  the  translation 
of these results in the consolidated financial statements. The group 
endeavours to match foreign currency borrowings to investments in 
order to provide a natural hedge for the translation of the net assets 
of overseas subsidiaries with the related foreign currency interest cost 
arising from these borrowings providing a part natural hedge against 
the translation of foreign currency profits.

Subsidiaries normally do not hedge transactions in foreign currencies 
into the functional currency of their own operations. However, at a 
group level, a series of US dollar forward contracts are put in place 
to  sell  forward  surplus  US  dollars.  In  2008,  the  group  hedged  fully 
for  the  coming  12  months  and  partially  for  a  further  36  months. 
This year, the directors reviewed the group’s hedging policy and as a 
result reduced the period of partial hedging from up to 48 months to 
between 12 and 18 months and reduced the percentage of revenues 
hedged in the first 12 months to 80%. The transition to the revised 
policy will take a number of months, with forward deals in excess of 
18 months being allowed to naturally unwind. The timing and value 
of these forward contracts is based on managements estimate of its 
future US dollar revenues over an 18 month period. If management 
materially underestimated the group’s future US dollar revenues this 
would  lead  to  too  few  forward  contracts  being  in  place  and  the 

group being more exposed to swings in US dollar to sterling exchange 
rates. An overestimate of the group’s US dollar revenue would lead 
to  associated  costs  in  unwinding  the  excess  forward  contracts.  At 
September 30 2009, the fair value of the group’s forward contracts 
was a liability of £15.8 million (2008: £10.9 million).

Credit risk
The  group  seeks  to  limit  interest  rate  and  foreign  currency  risks 
described  above  by  the  use  of  financial  instruments  and  as  a 
result  has  a  credit  risk  from  the  potential  non-performance  by  the 
counterparties  to  these  financial  instruments,  which  are  unsecured. 
The amount of this credit risk is normally restricted to the amounts 
of any hedge gain and not the principal amount being hedged. The 
group also has a credit exposure to counterparties for the full principal 
amount of cash and cash equivalents. Credit risks are controlled by 
monitoring  the  amounts  outstanding,  with  and  the  credit  quality 
of,  these  counterparties.  For  the  group’s  cash  and  cash  equivalents 
these are principally licensed commercial banks and investment banks 
with  strong  long-term  credit  ratings,  and  for  derivative  financial 
instruments DMGT who have treasury policies in place which do not 
allow concentrations of risk with individual counterparties and do not 
allow  significant  treasury  exposures  with  counterparties  which  are 
rated lower than AA.

The  group  also  has  credit  risk  with  respect  to  trade  and  other 
receivables,  prepayments  and  accrued  income.  The  concentration 
of  credit  risk  from  trade  receivables  is  limited  due  to  the  large  and 
broad customer base. Trade receivable exposures are managed locally 
in  the  business  units  where  they  arise.  Allowance  is  made  for  bad 
and doubtful debts based on management’s assessment of the risk 
of  non-payment  taking  into  account  the  ageing  profile,  experience 
and circumstance.

The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying 
amount  of  each  financial  asset,  including  derivative  financial 
instruments, recorded in the balance sheet.

All of the above risks have been further heightened by the impact of 
the credit crunch resulting in increased uncertainty in global financial 
markets and economies.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

19

 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report  continued

London, New York, Montreal or Hong Kong wide disaster
The group has its main offices located in London, New York, Montreal 
and  Hong  Kong.  An  area  wide  disaster  is  likely  to  have  serious 
consequences  with  office  space  potentially  becoming  unusable  for 
several months and a lack of suitable alternative accommodation; loss 
of key clients and staff in an affected area and difficult communications 
with both customers and staff. As a consequence of the above, the 
group could suffer a loss of revenue.

To  mitigate  this  risk  the  group  has  detailed  disaster  recovery  (DR) 
plans for all businesses. All employees can work remotely. The group 
regularly  tests  its  DR  plans.  It  has  robust  systems  in  place  with  key 
locations  (including  the  UK,  US,  Canada  and  Asia)  benefiting  from 
dual  locations  of  back  ups,  dual  loading  of  live  back-ups  for  key 
systems and third-party 24-hour support.

Publishing legislation
The  group  generates  a  significant  amount  of  its  revenue  from 
publishing and hence has an inherent libel risk. A successful libel claim 
is  likely  to  affect  the  group’s  reputation  in  the  market  place  where 
the libel claim arose and/or where the publication was published. As 
a consequence the group could suffer a loss of advertising and other 
add-on revenue streams.

To mitigate this risk the group runs mandatory annual libel courses for 
all journalists and editors. Key staff are aware of the significant nature 
of the risks and strong internal controls are in place for reporting to 
senior management if a potential issue arises. The group also has libel 
insurance cover.

Circulation
The group publishes over 70 titles and publications and sells advertising 
based partly on circulation figures. An incorrect claim for circulation 
could adversely affect the group’s reputation in the applicable market 
place  with  a  potential  knock-on  effect  for  other  titles  within  the 
group. This could lead to the permanent loss of advertisers and other 
revenue streams. 

To mitigate this risk the group runs rolling annual internal audits and 
regularly  monitors  internal  controls  designed  to  cover  circulation. 
Detailed  guidance  is  provided  to  all  relevant  employees  and  their 
understanding of the rules is regularly monitored. There are a large 

number of mutually exclusive titles and it is unlikely that an incorrect 
circulation claim, should it arise, would affect the circulation of other 
titles within the wider group. Similar controls are applied to claims for 
electronic publishing activities.

Acquisition and disposal risk
Part of the group’s strategy is to be acquisitive. Management review a 
number of potential acquisitions each year with only a small proportion 
of these going through to due diligence stage and possible subsequent 
purchase.  The  group  could  suffer  an  impairment  loss  if  an  acquired 
business does not generate the expected returns or fails to operate or 
grow in its markets and product areas. The expected risks of a newly 
acquired entity may be misunderstood. As a consequence a significant 
amount of management time could be diverted from other operational 
matters. The group is also subject to disposal risk, possibly failing to 
achieve optimal value from disposed businesses or underestimating the 
impact on the remaining group businesses from such a disposal.

To mitigate this risk experienced senior management perform detailed 
in-house  due  diligence  and  call  on  expert  external  advisers  where 
deemed  necessary.  Acquisition  agreements  are  usually  structured 
so  as  to  retain  key  employees  in  the  acquired  company  and  there 
is  a  close  monitoring  of  performance  at  board  level  of  the  entity 
concerned post acquisition.

Key staff leaving
In  order  to  pursue  the  group  strategy,  the  group  is  reliant  on  key 
management and staff across all businesses. Many of the businesses 
products  are  reliant  on  the  technological  and  specialist  expertise 
provided by a number of talented staff. All key staff are engaged in 
long-term  incentive  plans  to  encourage  retention.  In  addition  the 
directors  remain  committed  to  recruitment  and  retention  of  high 
quality  management  and  talent,  and  provide  a  program  of  great 
opportunity  and  progression  for  employees  including  extensive 
training and transfer opportunities.

Reliance on key brands
The  group  has  a  portfolio  of  significant  brands.  Damage  to  any  of 
these  brands,  or  increasing  popularity  of  a  competitor  brand  could 
impact the group’s reported profits. The group works hard to manage 
the  quality  and  reputation  of  its  brands  and  products  and  protects 
these  where  necessary  with  trade  marks  which  are  monitored  by 

20

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

external advisers. In addition the group benefits from a broad range 
of products and brands which diversifies the brand risk.

Conferences and events
Events  businesses  within  the  group  form  a  significant  part  of  the 
group’s  operations  and  account  for  approximately  30%  of  the 
group’s profits. A number of key events are organised as joint venture 
partnerships. Failure in these joint venture relationships could result 
in loss of profit, reputation and damage to the specific event brand. 
Measures are in place to closely manage these key relationships and 
the quality of the events to ensure they remain financially successful.

Events  are  held  all  over  the  world  and  rely  on  the  ability  of  the 
delegates to travel globally. Disruptions or reductions to global travel 
as  a  result  of  terrorism,  pandemic  (see  major  disease  outbreak  risk 
paragraph  above)  or  climate  change  issues,  could  lead  to  events 
being cancelled or refunded. Abandonment insurance is in place for 
targeted key events.

Tax
The group operates within many jurisdictions; earnings are therefore 
subject  to  taxation  at  differing  rates  across  these  jurisdictions.  The 
directors  endeavour  to  manage  the  tax  affairs  of  the  group  in  an 
efficient manner, however, due to an ever more complex international 
tax  environment  there  will  always  be  a  level  of  uncertainty  when 
provisioning  for  tax  liabilities.  There  is  also  a  risk  of  tax  laws  being 
amended  by  authorities  in  the  different  jurisdictions  in  which  the 
group operates which could have an adverse effect on the financial 
results.  External  tax  experts  and  in-house  tax  specialists,  reporting 
to  the  tax  and  treasury  committee,  work  together  to  review  all  tax 
arrangements within the group and keep abreast of changes in global 
tax legislation.

Technological change and IT infrastructure
All  of  the  group’s  businesses  to  some  degree  are  dependent 
on  technology.  Information  systems  are  critical  for  the  effective 
management and provision of services around the group. Disruption 
to  information  technology  could  adversely  affect  the  business  and 
damage  the  group’s  reputation.  The  internet  is  becoming  an  ever 
increasing  important  revenue  stream  for  the  group  and  with  this 
comes risk. The internet, through the proliferation of free content and 
content aggregators, has the potential to erode hard copy advertising 

and  subscription  revenues.  The  group’s  increasing  dependence  on 
information  systems  has  also  heightened  the  information  security 
risk to the group with breaches in our data security systems having a 
potential impact on our business and reputation.

The  group  is  already  embracing  these  challenges,  and  overall  sees 
the internet and other technological advances as an opportunity not 
a threat. Business continuity plans are in place in each business and 
include comprehensive back up plans for IT infrastructure, with the 
aim to protect the businesses from unnecessary disruption. The group 
has  comprehensive  information  security  standards  and  practices  in 
place  which  are  reviewed  on  a  regular  basis.  Many  of  the  group’s 
businesses already produce soft copies of publications to supplement 
the hard copies. While the internet is an important tool for generating 
additional  revenue  the  group’s  product  mix  provides  protection  for 
any potential unforeseen problems. For example, the group’s share of 
profit from event businesses is significant, with face-to-face meetings 
of increasing importance. 

5. Social Responsibility
The company encourages its people to be active in charities. Its charity 
budget deliberately supports the same good causes that its employees 
support, matching or better the money raised by its people.

The Euromoney Paediatric Eye Care Centre
The  Euromoney  Paediatric  Eye  Care  Centre  at  Kalinga  Eye  Hospital 
&  Research  Centre,  Dhenkanal,  Orissa,  India  was  officially  opened 
on  March  5  2009.  Euromoney  directors,  employees  and  customers 
contributed  £195,000  for  the  centre,  which  now  provides  a  fully 
trained  paediatric  eye  care  team  in  a  child-friendly  facility  within 
the  main  Kalinga  hospital.  To  date,  more  than  43,000  children  have 
been  screened  at  the  hospital  and  at  outreach  camps,  and  10,000 
children have been treated or received surgery at the hospital and at 
outreach camps.

The  paediatric  care  team  will  look  after  five  districts,  providing 
outreach and screening in a poor and remote community. 

The  Euromoney  Centre  and  the  Kalinga  Hospital  represent  a 
strong commitment and effort on the part of many, in India and at 
Euromoney. This culmination of faith and action will change the lives 
of those who are needlessly blind. The picture above shows the new 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

21

 
 
 
 
Directors’ Re port  continued

Kalinga  Eye  Hospital  during  the  official  opening  of  the  Euromoney 
Centre. 

Charity dinners
A number of charity dinners were held during the year. For instance 
this  year,  Institutional  Investor  Journals  sponsored  a  table  at  the 
Annual  Auction4Kids  Gala  held  at  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange. 
This event supports Per Scholas’ Comp2Kids program, which supplies 
computer literacy training as well as home computers for low income 
students and schools in the Bronx, Brooklyn, and Manhattan. Many 
donated  items  were  auctioned  at  the  Gala,  and  several  hundred 
thousand dollars were raised as a result. 

Help for flood victims in the Philippines
The  company  donated  £10,000  to  the  Red  Cross  appeal  to  help 
victims of the tragic floods in the Philippines. The funds will be used to 
create eight temporary homes for families who have lost their houses 
in the two typhoons that have caused wide spread damage this year. 
The picture on the previous page shows the Red Cross model house 
that the relief organisation designed specially for disasters of this kind.

Running Club
This  year,  the  UK  businesses  set  up  a  running  group  for  charitable 
purposes. It is the intention that the club will complete charity runs on 
a regular basis, the first, which had over 30 runners, was in September 
2009. So far the club has raised over £7,500.

Scholarships
To mark its 40th Anniversary, Euromoney has announced a programme 
of  international  financial  publishing  scholarships  -  “The  Euromoney 
Sergeant  Scholarships”.  Each  scholar  is  given  the  opportunity  to 
work  for  Euromoney  for  2  months  with  accommodation,  stipend 
for  living  and  return  airfares  provided  to  successful  candidates. 
These  candidates  will  be  trained  by  senior  staff  and  will  work  on 
writing articles, researching data and marketing work. Following the 
scholarship programme permanent job offers may be available. 

BCA have also committed for three years to give a scholarship to a 
finance student at the John Molson School of Business at Concordia 
University.

Global charity events
A  number  of  the  group’s  businesses  participated  in  charity  events 
around  the  world  to  raise  money  for  local  charities.  For  example 
II News raised $15,000 for SPARKS through a fundraiser at the Global 
Derivatives & European Securitization Awards in October 2008. The 
Legal Group raised a total £5,450 for the Red Cross at three of their 
awards events. 

BCA sponsored a walk for breast cancer and one of BCA’s employee 
is completing 12,000 km on a bike through South America for the 
David  Suzuki  Foundation,  (www.12000km.org).  BCA  also  donated 
$10,000 to a local hospital to purchase neurological equipment.

In May, Gulf raised $2,000 through a t-shirt drive for Ilene Hartmann 
an  employee  of  Gulf  for  28  years  who  sadly  died  in  January  2009. 
The  money  raised  was  donated  to  the  pancreatic  cancer  research. 
Gulf also participated in the charity Sprint for Life 5k run/walk to raise 
money for cancer research.

Annual charity drive
Each year the US group conducts a charity drive where the businesses 
match up to a total of $50,000 per year in employee contributions 
made  to  various  charitable  organisations.  This  is  an  excellent  way 
to cover a broad range of charities that employees themselves may 
favour and support. 

Christmas charity event 
Again  this  year,  the  US  businesses  selected  a  local  charity  for 
employees  to  donate  Christmas  gifts.  This  year  the  donations  were 
given  to  a  shelter  for  single  mothers  that  housed  27  mothers  and 
62 children. They were invited to participate in a party at which they 
were all given gifts that they had requested in letters to Santa.

6. Future developments in the business
The group continues to trade in line with the board’s expectations. It 
has a clear, well established strategy which it is executing successfully 
to  build  a  more  robust,  high  quality  earnings  flow.  This  strategy, 
combined  with  the  strength  of  its  brands  and  the  diversity  of  its 
sectors, customers, and geographic markets, means the group is well 
positioned to return to growth as soon as markets improve. 

22

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

An  indication  of  the  trading  outlook  for  the  group  is  given  in  the 
Chairman’s  Statement  on  page  6.  In  2010  the  directors  will  build 
on the cost based review completed in 2009 to ensure the business 
is  operating  as  effectively  as  possible,  to  facilitate  growth  in  a 
challenging global market and to continue to shape the business to 
remain lucrative and competitive in the midst of the difficult economic 
environment.  The  group  is  well  placed  to  diversify  its  product  and 
geographical base and remains committed to its strategy set out on 
page 5.

The  board  will  continue  to  review  the  portfolio  of  businesses, 
disposing,  closing  or  restructuring  any  under-performing  businesses 
to allow the group to have the necessary resources and skills to remain 
acquisitive. The group will invest in technology and new businesses, 
particularly electronic information products, as well as in its internal 
systems.

7. Directors and their interests
The  company’s  Articles  of  Association  give  power  to  the  board  to 
appoint directors from time to time. In addition to the statutory rights 
of shareholders to remove a director by ordinary resolution, the board 
may  also  remove  a  director  where  75%  of  the  board  give  written 
notice to such director. The Articles of Association themselves may be 
amended by a special resolution of the shareholders.

The directors who served during the year are listed on pages 26 and 
27. The directors’ interests are given on pages 47 and 48. CR Brown, 
an executive director, died on July 16 2009. RT Lamont retired as a 
director on January 14 2009 on reaching the age of 62. DP Pritchard 
was appointed a non-executive director on December 22 2008. With 
effect from November 11 2009, B AL-Rehany was appointed to the 
board as an executive director. MJ Carroll has indicated his intention 
to  retire  as  an  executive  director  at  the  company’s  Annual  General 
Meeting on January 21 2010.

under  corporate  governance,  all  non-executive  directors  who  have 
served for more than three three-year terms must submit themselves 
for re-election on an annual basis. In addition, in accordance with the 
Combined  Code  on  Corporate  Governance,  before  the  re-election 
of  a  non-executive  director,  the  chairman  is  required  to  confirm  to 
shareholders  that,  following  formal  performance  evaluation,  the 
to  be  effective  and 
non-executive’s  performance  continues 
demonstrates  commitment  to  the  role.  Accordingly,  Sir  Patrick 
Sergeant,  The  Viscount  Rothermere  and  JC  Botts  will  retire  at  the 
forthcoming  Annual  General  Meeting  and,  being  eligible  following 
a formal performance evaluation by the chairman, offer themselves 
for re-election.

Details of the interests of the directors in the ordinary shares of the 
company and of options held by the directors to subscribe for ordinary 
shares  in  the  company  are  set  out  in  the  Directors’  Remuneration 
Report on pages 43 to 48.

8. Capital structure and significant shareholdings
Details  of  the  company’s  share  capital  are  given  in  note  22.  The 
company’s share capital is divided into ordinary shares of 0.25 pence 
each.  Each  share  entitles  its  holder  to  one  vote  at  shareholders’ 
meetings and the right to receive one share of the company’s dividends. 

At November 11 2009, being the latest practical date before approval 
of the accounts, notification had been received, in accordance with 
chapter 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules, of the following 
voting rights as a shareholder of the company:

Name of holder 
Daily Mail and General 
Holdings Limited 
AEGON UK 

Nature of 
holding 

Number of 
shares 

Direct 
Direct 

76,026,142 
3,508,021 

% of 
voting 
rights

66.83
3.08

Following  best  practice  under  corporate  governance  and 
in 
accordance  with  the  company’s  Articles  of  Association,  all  directors 
submit  themselves  for  re-election  at  least  every  three  years. 
Accordingly, PR Ensor, DC Cohen, CR Jones, and CHC Fordham will 
retire at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting and, being eligible, 
will offer themselves for re-election. Also, as required by best practice 

Banque  Internationale  à  Luxembourg  SA  has  issued  international 
depositary  receipts  (IDR)  in  bearer  form  in  respect  of  a  total  of 
812,800 shares (0.7%) (2008: 948,800 shares (0.9%)) registered in 
its name. Each IDR issued equates to one underlying ordinary share 
in the capital of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC. The company 
announced on October 8 2009 that it intends to terminate the deposit 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Re port  continued

agreement  and  delist  the  underlying  shares  from  the  Luxembourg 
Stock Exchange with effect from December 14 2009.

Details  of  the  directors’  entitlement  to  compensation  for  loss  of 
office following a takeover or contract termination are given in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report.

12. Disabled employees
It is the group’s policy to give full and fair consideration to applications 
for employment from people who are disabled; to continue, wherever 
possible, the employment of, and to arrange appropriate training for, 
employees who become disabled; and to provide opportunities for the 
career development, training and promotion of disabled employees.

9. EU Takeovers Directive
Pursuant to s992 of the Companies Act 2006, which implements the 
EU  Takeovers  Directive,  the  company  is  required  to  disclose  certain 
additional  information.  Such  disclosures,  which  are  not  covered 
elsewhere in this Annual Report include the following:

A  number  of  agreements  that  take  effect,  alter  or  terminate  upon 
a change of control of the company following a takeover bid, such 
as  commercial  contracts,  bank  loan  agreements,  property  lease 
arrangements,  directors’  service  agreements  and  employee  share 
plans.  None  of  these  is  deemed  to  be  significant  in  terms  of  their 
potential impact on the business of the group as a whole.

10. Authority to purchase and allot own shares
The  company’s  authority  to  purchase  up  to  10%  of  its  own  shares 
expires  at  the  conclusion  of  the  company’s  next  Annual  General 
Meeting. A resolution to renew this authority for a further period will 
be put to shareholders at this meeting.

At the Annual General Meeting of the company on January 28 2009, 
the  shareholders  authorised  the  directors  to  allot  shares  up  to  an 
aggregate  nominal  amount  of  £80,030  expiring  at  the  conclusion 
of the Annual General Meeting to be held in 2010. A resolution to 
renew this authority for a further period will be put to shareholders 
at this meeting.

11. Political and charitable contributions
During the year the group raised charitable contributions of £207,000 
(2008: £290,000). There were no political contributions in either year. 
See pages 21 and 22 for details of the group’s charitable projects.

13. Employee involvement and training
The group believes it is important to provide skills and management 
training  for  its  employees  around  the  world.  It  continues  to  develop 
these  programmes  and  tries  to  ensure  that  as  many  employees  as 
possible  benefit  from  internal  and  external  training.  The  group  is 
continually  developing  and  expanding  the  training  programmes 
provided.

The  group  recognises  the  importance  of  good  communication  in 
relationships  with  its  staff.  This  is  pursued  in  a  number  of  ways, 
including  training  and  regular  meetings  between  management  and 
staff,  which  seek  to  achieve  common  awareness  on  the  part  of  all 
employees  of  the  financial  and  economic  circumstances  affecting 
the group’s performance. Many employees participate directly in the 
success  of  the  business  through  involvement  in  the  group’s  profit 
sharing  schemes,  the  Capital  Appreciation  Plan  and  in  the  savings 
related share option scheme.

14. Supplier payment policy
Each business agrees payment terms with its suppliers on an individual 
basis  and  it  is  group  policy  to  make  payments  in  accordance  with 
these  terms.  The  group  had  84  days  of  purchases  in  creditors  at 
September 30 2009 (2008: 80 days).

15. Directors’ indemnities
The company has in place directors and officers liability and corporate 
reimbursement insurance for the benefit of the company’s directors 
and  those  of  other  associated  companies.  The  insurance  has  been 
in  place  throughout  the  year  and  remains  in  force  at  the  date  of 
this report.

24

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

16. Annual General Meeting
The company’s Annual General Meeting will be held on January 21 
2010.

17. Auditors
A  resolution  to  reappoint  Deloitte  LLP  as  the  company’s  auditors  is 
expected to be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

18. Disclosure of information to auditors
In the case of each of the persons who is a director of the company 
at November 11 2009:

y  so far as each of the directors is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information (as defined in the Companies Act 2006) of which the 
company’s auditors are unaware; and

y  each  of  the  directors  has  taken  all  the  steps  that  he/she  ought 
to have taken as a director to make himself/herself aware of any 
relevant  audit  information  (as  defined)  and  to  establish  that  the 
company’s auditors are aware of the information.

This  confirmation  is  given  and  should  be  interpreted  in  accordance 
with the provisions of s418 of the Companies Act 2006.

By order of the board

Colin Jones
Company Secretary

November 11 2009

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

25

 
 
 
 
Directors and Advisors

Executive Directors

Mr PM Fallon ‡
Chairman
Mr PM Fallon (aged 63) is chairman. He joined the company in 1974 
and  was  appointed  an  executive  director  in  October  1975.  He  was 
appointed  managing  director  in  1985,  chief  executive  in  1989  and 
chairman in 1992. He is chairman of the nominations committee. He 
is also an executive director of Daily Mail and General Trust plc and a 
member of the board of the Trinity College Dublin Foundation.

Mr PR Ensor ‡
Managing director
Mr  PR  Ensor  (aged  61)  is  the  managing  director.  He  joined  the 
company in 1976 and was appointed an executive director in 1983. 
He was appointed managing director in 1992 and is a member of the 
nominations committee. He is also a director of Internet Securities, Inc. 
and BCA Research, Inc.

Mr NF Osborn
Mr  NF  Osborn  (aged  60)  joined  the  company  in  1983  and  was 
appointed an executive director in February 1988.  He is the publisher 
of Euromoney. He is also a director of Internet Securities, Inc., and of 
OAO RBC Information Systems, a Russian public company.

Mr DC Cohen
Mr  DC  Cohen  (aged  51)  joined  the  company  in  1984  and  was 
appointed an executive director in September 1989. He is managing 
director of the training division. 

Mr CR Brown
Mr  CR  Brown  died  on  July  16  2009  aged  55.  He  was  appointed 
an  executive  director  in  September  1989  and  was  president  of 
Institutional Investor, Inc.

Mr CR Jones
Finance director
Mr CR Jones (aged 49) is the finance director. He joined the company 
in July 1996 and was appointed finance director in November 1996. 
He is also the company secretary and a director of Institutional Investor, 
Inc., Information Management Network, Inc., Internet Securities, Inc. 
and BCA Research, Inc.

Mr SM Brady
Mr  SM  Brady  (aged  44)  joined  the  company  in  1988  and  was 
appointed an executive director in May 1999. He is managing director 
of Euromoney. 

Mr RT Lamont
Mr RT Lamont (aged 62) retired as an executive director on January 14 
2009 on reaching the age of 62. He joined Institutional Investor, Inc. 
in 1976 and was appointed an executive director in May 1999. He is 
editor of Institutional Investor’s newsletter division and a director of 
Institutional Investor, Inc.

Ms DE Alfano
Ms DE Alfano (aged 53) joined Institutional Investor, Inc. in 1984 and 
was  appointed  an  executive  director  in  July  2000.  She  is  managing 
director of Institutional Investor’s conference division and a director of 
Institutional Investor, Inc.

Mr GG Mueller
Mr GG Mueller (aged 43) is chairman of Internet Securities, Inc. (ISI), 
which he founded in 1994. Euromoney acquired ISI in 1999, at which 
point Mr Mueller joined the company. He was appointed an executive 
director  in  July  2000.  He  is  also  chairman  and  CEO  of  Institutional 
Investor  and  a  director  and  chairman  of  Information  Management 
Network, Inc.

Mr MJ Carroll
Mr MJ Carroll (aged 52) joined Institutional Investor, Inc. in 1994 and 
was appointed an executive director in May 2002. He is a director of 
Institutional  Investor,  Inc.  Mr  MJ  Carroll  has  indicated  his  intention 
to  retire  as  an  executive  director  at  the  company’s  Annual  General 
Meeting on January 21 2010.

Mr CHC Fordham
Mr  CHC  Fordham  (aged  49)  joined  the  company  in  2000  and  was 
appointed  an  executive  director  in  July  2003.  He  is  the  director 
responsible  for  acquisitions  and  disposals  as  well  as  some  of  the 
company’s  publishing  businesses,  including  the  Metals,  Minerals  & 
Mining division of Metal Bulletin. 

Ms JL Wilkinson
Ms  JL  Wilkinson  (aged  44)  joined  the  company  in  2000  and  was 
appointed  an  executive  director  in  March  2007.  She  is  director  of 
marketing for the group, and a director of Adhesion SA, the French 
events business.

Mr B AL-Rehany
Mr  B  AL-Rehany  (aged  52)  was  appointed  as  an  executive  director 
on  November  11  2009.  He  is  chief  executive  officer  and  a  director 
of BCA Research, Inc. which he joined in January 2003. Euromoney 
acquired Metal Bulletin plc in October 2006, at which point he joined 
the company.

26

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

Non-executive Directors

The Viscount Rothermere †‡
The Viscount Rothermere (aged 41) was appointed a non-executive 
director in September 1998 and is a member of the remuneration and 
nominations committees. He is chairman of Daily Mail and General 
Trust plc.

Sir Patrick Sergeant ‡
Sir  Patrick  Sergeant  (aged  85)  is  a  non-executive  director  and 
president.  He  founded  the  company  in  1969  and  was  managing 
director until 1985 when he became chairman. He retired as chairman 
in  September  1992  when  he  was  appointed  as  president  and  non-
executive director. He is a member of the nominations committee.

Mr JC Botts †‡§
Mr  JC  Botts  (aged  68)  was  appointed  a  non-executive  director  in 
December  1992  and  is  chairman  of  the  audit  and  remuneration 
committees and a member of the nominations committee. He is senior 
adviser  of  Allen  &  Company  in  London,  non-executive  chairman  of 
United Business Media Group Limited and a director of several private 
companies.

Mr JC Gonzalez §
Mr  JC  Gonzalez  (aged  64)  was  appointed  a  non-executive  director 
in  November  2004  and  is  a  member  of  the  audit  committee.  He  is 
chairman  and  chief  executive  of  American  Orient  Capital  Partners 
Holdings Limited, an investment and financial advisory services firm 
based  in  Hong  Kong  covering  the  Asia  Pacific  region.  He  is  also  a 
director of a number of publicly listed companies in the Philippines.

Mr MWH Morgan †‡
Mr  MWH  Morgan  (aged  59)  was  appointed  a  non-executive 
director  on  October  1  2008.  He  was  also  appointed  a  member  of 
the  remuneration  and  nomination  committees  with  effect  from 
October  1  2008.  He  was  previously  chief  executive  of  DMG 
Information  and  became  chief  executive  of  Daily  Mail  and  General 
Trust plc on October 1 2008.

Mr DP Pritchard §
Mr DP Pritchard (aged 65) was appointed a non-executive director on 
December 22 2008 and appointed a member of the audit committee 
with  effect  from  June  8  2009.  He  is  chairman  of  Songbird  Estates 
plc and of AIB Group (UK) plc. He is deputy chairman of Allied Irish 
Banks  plc  and  a  director  of  The  Motability  Tenth  Anniversary  Trust. 
He  was  formerly  deputy  chairman  of  Lloyds  TSB  Group,  chairman 
of Cheltenham & Gloucester plc and a director of Scottish Widows 
Group and LCH.Clearnet Group.

† member of the remuneration committee
‡ member of the nominations committee

§ member of the audit committee

President

Sir Patrick Sergeant

Company Secretary

CR Jones

Solicitors

Nabarro, Lacon House,

Theobald’s Road,

London WC1X 8RW

Brokers

Registered Office

UBS, 1 Finsbury Avenue,

Nestor House, Playhouse Yard,

London EC2M 2PP

London EC4V 5EX

Registrars

Registered Number

Capita IRG plc, The Registry, 

954730

Auditors

Deloitte LLP, London

34 Beckenham Road, 

Beckenham, Kent, BR3 4TU

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

27

 
 
 
 
Corporate Governanc e

The  Financial  Reporting  Council’s  Combined  Code  on  Corporate 
Governance  is  part  of  the  Listing  Rules  of  the  Financial  Services 
Authority. The paragraphs below and in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 34 to 48 set out how the company has applied the 
principles laid down by the Code. 

The company continues substantially to comply with the Code, save 
for  the  exceptions  disclosed  in  the  directors’  compliance  statement 
on page 33. 

Directors
The board and its role
Details of directors who served during the year are set out on pages 
26  and  27.  During  the  year  the  board  comprised  the  chairman, 
managing director, 11 other executive directors and six non-executive 
directors.  On  December  22  2008  DP  Pritchard  was  appointed  a 
non-executive  director,  on  January  14  2009  RT  Lamont  retired 
as  an  executive  director  on  reaching  the  age  of  62.  CR  Brown,  an 
executive director, died on July 16 2009. Two of the six non-executive 
directors  are  independent,  one  is  the  founder  and  ex-chairman  of 
the  company,  two  are  directors  of  DMGT,  an  intermediate  parent 
company,  and  one  has  served  on  the  board  for  more  than  the 
recommended term of nine years under the Code. With effect from 
November 11 2009, B AL-Rehany was appointed to the board as an 
executive director. MJ Carroll has indicated his intention to retire as 
an executive director at the company’s Annual General Meeting on 
January 21 2010.

There are clear divisions of responsibility within the board such that 
no  one  individual  has  unfettered  powers  of  decision.  The  board 
although large does not consider itself to be unwieldy and believes it 
is beneficial to have representatives from all key areas of the business 
at  board  meetings.  There  is  a  procedure  for  all  directors  in  the 
furtherance of their duties to take independent professional advice, 
at the company’s expense. They also have access to the advice and 
services of the company secretary. All directors submit themselves for 
re-election at least once every three years. Newly appointed directors 
are  submitted  for  election  at  the  first  available  opportunity  after 
their appointment.

The  board  meets  every  two  months  and  there  is  frequent  contact 
between meetings. Board meetings take place in London, New York, 
Montreal and Hong Kong, and in other locations where the group has 
operations. The board has delegated specific aspects of the group’s 
affairs to standing committees, each of which operates within defined 
terms of reference. Details of these are set out below. However, to 
ensure its overall control of the group’s affairs, the board has reserved 
certain matters to itself for decision. Board meetings are held to set 
and  monitor  strategy,  identify,  evaluate  and  manage  material  risks, 
to  review  trading  performance,  ensure  adequate  funding,  examine 
major  acquisition  possibilities  and  approve  reports  to  shareholders. 
Procedures are established to ensure that appropriate information is 
communicated to the board in a timely manner to enable it to fulfil 
its duties.

Executive committee
Chaired  by  the  company’s  chairman,  the  executive  committee  also 
comprises  the  divisional  directors  of  the  group’s  main  businesses, 

together  with  the  managing  director  and  finance  director.  The 
committee is responsible for the approval of acquisitions, divestments, 
capital  expenditure  and  contractual  commitments  below  the  level 
that  the  board  has  reserved  to  itself  for  decision,  and  for  certain 
operational, administrative and other routine matters. The committee 
also regularly reviews and reports to the board on the performance of 
the group’s businesses. At least 10 meetings are held each year and 
other senior executives frequently attend by invitation.

Nominations committee
The nominations committee is responsible for proposing candidates 
for  appointment  to  the  board  having  regard  to  the  balance  of 
skills  and  structure  of  the  board  and  ensuring  the  appointees  have 
sufficient  time  available  to  devote  to  the  role.  The  committee 
meets  when  required  and  comprises  PM  Fallon  (chairman  of  the 
nominations committee), PR Ensor and four non-executive directors: 
Sir  Patrick  Sergeant,  The  Viscount  Rothermere,  MWH  Morgan  and 
JC  Botts.  The  committee’s  terms  of  reference  are  available  on  the 
company’s website.

The committee met once during the year to recommend to the board 
the  appointment  of  DP  Pritchard  as  a  non-executive  director  and 
the  re-election  of  directors  retiring  by  rotation.  The  committee  did 
not  find  it  necessary  to  use  open  advertising  or  an  external  search 
consultancy for the recruitment of the non-executive director position 
as  the  company  had  access  to  a  number  of  potential  candidates 
through its own network of contacts.

Remuneration committee
The  remuneration  committee  meets  twice  a  year  and  additionally 
as  required.  It  is  responsible  for  determining  the  contract  terms, 
remuneration  and  other  benefits  for  executive  directors,  including 
performance  related  profit  share  schemes.  The  committee  also 
recommends  and  monitors  the  level  of  remuneration  for  senior 
management  and  for  the  rest  of  the  group,  including  group-wide 
share  option  schemes.  The  composition  of  the  committee,  details 
of  directors’  remuneration  and  interests  in  share  options,  together 
with  information  on  directors’  service  contracts,  are  set  out  in  the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 34 to 48. The committee’s 
terms of reference are available on the company’s website. 

Audit committee
Details of the members and role of the audit committee are set out 
on page 31. The committee’s terms of reference are available on the 
company’s website.

Tax and treasury committee
Details of the members and role of the tax and treasury committee are 
set out in the Directors’ Report on pages 16 and 17.

Non-executive directors
The  non-executive  directors  bring  both  independent  views  and  the 
views  of  the  company’s  major  shareholder  to  the  board.  The  non-
executive  directors  during  the  year,  whose  biographies  can  be 
found on page 27 of the accounts, were: The Viscount Rothermere, 
Sir Patrick Sergeant, JC Botts, JC Gonzalez, MWH Morgan and, with 
effect from December 22 2008, DP Pritchard. 

28

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

At least once a year the company’s chairman meets the non-executive 
directors without the executive directors being present.

The board considers JC Gonzalez and DP Pritchard to be independent 
non-executive directors. 

JC Botts has been on the board for more than the recommended term 
of nine years under the Code and the board believes that his length 
of service enhances his role as a non-executive director. However, due 
to his length of service, JC Botts does not meet the Code’s definition 
of  independence.  During  the  year  JC  Botts  also  held  options  to 
subscribe  for  common  stock  in  Internet  Securities,  Inc.  a  subsidiary 
of the company, which were exercised during the year. However, the 
number of options held by JC Botts is not material to him or to the 
company. 

The  Viscount  Rothermere  has  a  significant  shareholding  in  the 
company through his beneficial holding in DMGT and because of this 
he is not considered independent.

The  Viscount  Rothermere  and  MWH  Morgan  are  also  executive 
directors  of  DMGT,  an  intermediate  parent  company.  However,  the 
company  is  run  as  a  separate,  distinct  and  decentralised  subsidiary 
of DMGT and these directors have no involvement in the day-to-day 
management  of  the  company.  They  bring  valuable  experience  and 
advice  to  the  company  but  the  board  does  not  believe  these  non-
executive  directors  are  able  to  exert  undue  influence  on  decisions 
taken  by  the  board,  nor  does  it  consider  their  independence  to  be 
impaired  by  their  positions  with  DMGT.  However,  their  relationship 
with  DMGT  means  they  do  not  meet  the  Code’s  definition  of 
independence.

Board and committee meetings
Board and committee meetings are arranged well in advance of the 
meeting  date  and  papers  covering  the  points  to  be  discussed  are 
distributed to its members in advance of the meetings. The following 
table sets out the number of board and committee meetings attended 
by the directors during the year to September 30 2009:

Number of meetings held during year 

Board  
7 

Executive  Remuneration  Nominations 
 committee  
 committee  
 1  
 1  

 committee  
11 

Audit 
 committee  
 3  

Tax & 
treasury
 committee 
 5 

Executive directors
PM Fallon - chairman 
PR Ensor - managing director 
NF Osborn 
DC Cohen 
CR Brown* 
CR Jones - finance director 
RT Lamont^ 
SM Brady 
DE Alfano 
GG Mueller 
MJ Carroll 
CHC Fordham 
JL Wilkinson 

Non-executive directors 
The Viscount Rothermere 
Sir Patrick Sergeant 
JC Botts 
JC Gonzalez  
MWH Morgan 
DP Pritchard† 

7 
7 
6 
7 
6 
7 
1 
6 
7 
7 
6 
7 
7 

4 
4 
7 
6 
7 
3 

11 
11 
11 
10 
10 
11 
2 
7 
11 
9 
7 
11 
11 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 1  
 –  
 1  
 –  
 1  
 –  

 1  
 1  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 1  
 1  
 1  
 –  
 1  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 3  
 3  
 –  
 1  

 1 
 5 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 5 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

* Died on July 16 2009 
^ Retired on January 14 2009 
† Appointed on December 22 2008 and a member of the audit committee since June 8 2009

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governanc e  continued

Board and committee effectiveness
During  the  year  the  board,  through  its  chairman,  assessed  its 
performance and that of its committees. The chairman surveyed each 
board member and evaluated the strengths and weaknesses of the 
board  and  its  members.  In  addition,  each  of  the  main  committees 
completed  a  detailed  questionnaire  encompassing  key  areas  within 
their  mandates.  The  results  of  the  assessment  were  presented  and 
discussed  at  a  board  meeting  and  it  was  concluded  that  the  board 
and its committees had been effective throughout the year.

Communication with shareholders
The  company’s  chairman,  together  with  the  board,  encourages 
regular dialogue with shareholders. Meetings are held, both in the UK 
and US, to discuss annual and interim results and highlight significant 
acquisitions or disposals, or at the request of institutional shareholders. 
Private  shareholders  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  the  Annual 
General Meeting. In line with best practice all shareholders have at 
least 20 working days notice of the Annual General Meeting at which 
the executive directors, non-executive directors and committee chairs 
are available for questioning.

Internal control and risk management
The board is responsible for the group’s system of internal control and 
for reviewing its effectiveness. Such a system is designed to manage 
rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives, 
and can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss.

In  accordance  with  principle  C.2  and  C.2.1  of  the  Combined  Code 
on Corporate Governance, the board has implemented a continuing 
process  for  identifying,  evaluating  and  managing  the  material  risks 
faced by the group.

The  board  has  reviewed  the  effectiveness  of  the  group’s  system  of 
internal  control  and  has  taken  account  of  material  developments 
which have taken place since September 30 2008. It has considered 
the major business and financial risks, the control environment and 
the results of internal audit. Steps have been taken to embed internal 
control  and  risk  management  further  into  the  operations  of  the 
group and to deal with areas of improvement which have come to 
management’s and the board’s attention.

Key procedures which the directors have established with a view to 
providing  effective  internal  control,  and  which  have  been  in  place 
throughout the year and up to the date of this report, are as follows:

The board of directors
y  the  board  normally  meets  six  times  a  year  to  consider  group 
strategy,  risk  management,  financial  performance,  acquisitions, 
business development and management issues;

y  the  board  has  overall  responsibility  for  the  group  and  there  is  a 
formal schedule of matters specifically reserved for decision by the 
board;

y  each  executive  director  has  been  given  responsibility  for  specific 

aspects of the group’s affairs;

y  the board divides the group’s key risks into six broad categories and 

reviews and assesses each of these at least annually;

y  the board seeks assurance that effective control is being maintained 
through  regular  reports  from  business  group  management,  the 
audit  committee  and  various  independent  monitoring  functions; 
and

y  the board approves the annual forecast after performing a review 
of key risk factors. Performance is monitored regularly by way of 
variances and key performance indicators to enable relevant action 
to  be  taken  and  forecasts  are  updated  each  quarter.  The  board 
considers  longer-term  financial  projections  as  part  of  its  regular 
discussions on the group’s strategy.

During  the  year  and  up  to  the  approval  of  this  annual  report  and 
accounts the board has not identified nor been advised of any failings 
or weaknesses which it has determined to be significant. Therefore 
a  confirmation  of  necessary  actions  has  not  been  considered 
appropriate.

Quality, integrity of people and whistle blowing arrangements
The  integrity  and  competence  of  people  is  ensured  through  high 
recruitment  standards  and  a  commitment  to  management  and 
business skills training. High-quality personnel are an essential part of 
the control environment and the high ethical standards expected are 
communicated by management and through the employee handbook 
which is provided to all employees. The employee handbook also sets 
out the procedures available to staff to raise, in confidence, possible 
improprieties in matters of financial reporting or other matters.

Social responsibility
The  group  is  keen  to  maintain  a  high  level  of  social  responsibility 
and  has  procedures  embedded  in  its  internal  systems  and  controls 
to  ensure  its  social  standards  are  monitored  regularly  and  are  not 
breached.  The  group  supports  and  encourages  employees  who 
become involved in social projects and examples of these are given 
in the Directors’ Report.

Environmental responsibility
The  group  does  not  operate  directly  in  industries  where  there 
is  the  potential  for  serious  industrial  pollution.  It  does  not  print 
products  in-house  or  have  any  investments  in  printing  works.  It 
takes  its  environmental  responsibility  seriously  and  complies  with 
all  relevant  environmental  laws  and  regulations  in  each  country  in 
which it operates. Wherever economically feasible, account is taken 
of  environmental  issues  when  placing  contracts  with  suppliers  of 
goods  and  services  and  these  suppliers  are  regularly  reviewed  and 
monitored.  For  instance,  the  group’s  two  biggest  print  contracts 
are  outsourced  to  companies  who  have  environment  management 
systems compliant to the ISO 14001 standard. The paper used for the 
group’s publications is produced from pulp obtained from sustainable 
forests,  manufactured  under  strict,  monitored  and  accountable 
environmental  standards.  The  group  is  not  a  heavy  user  of  energy; 
however, it does manage its energy requirements sensibly using low-
energy office equipment where possible and using a common sense 
approach such as switching off equipment, air-conditioning, heating 
and lights when not required.

Carbon footprint
The company, as part of the wider Daily Mail and General Trust plc 
group (DMGT), participates in a DMGT group-wide carbon footprint 

30

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

analysis  completed  by  ICF  International.  This  exercise  has  been 
undertaken every year since 2006 using the widely recognised GHG 
protocol  methodology  developed  by  the  World  Resource  Institute 
and  the  World  Business  Council  for  Sustainable  Development.  The 
directors  are  committed  to  reducing  the  group’s  carbon  emissions 
and  have  embarked  upon  a  comprehensive  strategy  to  manage  its 
carbon  footprint.  The  company,  as  part  of  the  wider  DMGT  group, 
has  committed  to  reducing  its  footprint  by  10%  from  the  baseline 
year of 2007 by the end of 2012. 

Health and safety
The group is committed to the health and safety of its employees and 
communities in which it operates. The group complies with all local 
health and safety regulations and makes use of external health and 
safety  advisers  where  appropriate.  The  UK  businesses  benefit  from 
a  regular  assessment  of  the  working  environment  by  experienced 
assessors and regular training of all existing and new UK employees in 
health and safety matters.

Investment appraisal
The  managing  director,  finance  director  and  business  group 
managers  consider  proposals  for  acquisitions  and  new  businesses. 
Proposals  beyond  specified  limits  are  put  to  the  board  for  approval 
and are subject to due diligence by the group’s finance team and, if 
necessary, independent advisers. Capital expenditure is regulated by 
strict authorisation controls. For capital expenditure above specified 
levels, detailed written proposals must be submitted to the board and 
reviews are carried out to monitor progress against budget.

Accounting and computer systems controls and procedures
Accounting  controls  and  procedures  are  regularly  reviewed  and 
communicated  throughout  the  group.  Particular  attention  is  paid 
to  authorisation  levels  and  segregation  of  duties.  The  group’s  tax, 
financing  and  foreign  exchange  positions  are  overseen  by  the  tax 
and treasury committee, which meets at least twice a year. Controls 
and  procedures  over  the  security  of  data  and  disaster  recovery  are 
periodically reviewed and are subject to internal audit.

Internal audit
The group has an internal audit function which is managed by DMGT’s 
internal audit department, working closely with the company’s finance 
director.  Internal  audit  draws  on  the  services  of  the  group’s  central 
finance teams to assist in completing the audit assignments. Internal 
audit  aims  to  provide  an  independent  assessment  as  to  whether 
effective  systems  and  controls  are  in  place  and  being  operated 
to  manage  significant  operating  and  financial  risks.  It  also  aims  to 
support  management  by  providing  cost  effective  recommendations 
to  mitigate  risk  and  control  weaknesses  identified  during  the  audit 
process,  as  well  as  provide  insight  into  where  cost  efficiencies  and 
monetary gains might be made by improving the operations of the 
business.  Businesses  and  central  departments  are  selected  for  an 
internal  audit  visit  on  a  risk-focused  basis,  taking  account  of  the 
risks identified as part of the risk management process; the risk and 
materiality of each of the group’s businesses; the scope and findings 
of external audit work; and the departments and businesses reviewed 
previously and the findings from these reviews. This approach ensures 
that the internal audit focus is placed on the higher risk areas of the 
group, while ensuring an appropriate breadth of coverage. DMGT’s 

internal  audit  reports  its  findings  to  management  and  to  the  audit 
committee.

Accountability and audit
Audit committee
The  audit  committee  comprises  JC  Botts  (chairman),  JC  Gonzalez 
(independent),  JP  Williams,  the  finance  director  of  DMGT  and, 
with effect from June 8 2009, DP Pritchard (independent). Three of 
the  four  members  are  non-executive  directors  and  JP  Williams  is  a 
director  of  DMGT.  The  committee  meets  at  least  three  times  each 
financial year. The committee is responsible for reviewing the interim 
report,  the  annual  report  and  accounts  and  other  related  formal 
statements before their submission to the board, and reviewing and 
overseeing controls necessary to ensure the integrity of the financial 
information  reported  to  the  shareholders.  The  audit  committee 
advises  the  board  on  the  appointment  of  external  auditors  and  on 
their  remuneration,  both  for  audit  and  non-audit  work.  It  has  set 
and  applied  a  formal  policy,  which  focuses  on  the  effectiveness, 
independence and objectivity of the external audit, the type of non-
audit work permissible and a diminimus level of fees acceptable. Any 
non-audit work performed outside this remit is assessed and where 
appropriate approved by the committee. The committee discusses the 
nature, scope and findings of the audit with the external auditors and 
considers  and  determines  relevant  action  in  respect  of  any  control 
issues  raised  by  the  external  auditors.  The  audit  committee  is  also 
responsible for monitoring and assessing the effectiveness of internal 
audit, and reviews the internal audit programme and receives periodic 
reports on its findings. It reviews the whistle blowing arrangements 
available  to  staff.  The  audit  committee’s  terms  of  reference  are 
available on the company’s website.

Going concern, debt covenants and liquidity
The results of the group’s business activities, together with the factors 
likely  to  affect  its  future  development,  performance  and  financial 
position are set out in the Directors’ Report. 

The financial position of the group, its cash flows and liquidity position 
are set out in detail in this Annual Report. The group meets its day-to-
day working capital requirements through its $400 million dedicated 
multi-currency  borrowing  facility  with  Daily  Mail  and  General  Trust 
plc group. The facility is divided into four quantums of sterling and 
US dollar funds with three and five year terms with a total maximum 
borrowing  capacity  of  $310  million  (£194  million)  and  £59  million 
respectively. The facility’s covenant requires the group’s net debt to be 
no more than four times adjusted EBITDA on a rolling 12 month basis. 
At September 30 2009, the group’s net debt to adjusted EBITDA was 
1.99  times  and  the  uncommitted  undrawn  facility  available  to  the 
group was £81.4 million. The three year quantums of the facility are 
due  for  renewal  in  December  2011  and  the  five  year  quantums  in 
December 2013 (see note 18 for further details).

The current economic conditions create uncertainty, particularly over: 
a) the level of demand for the group’s products; b) the exchange rate 
between sterling and US dollars and its impact on the translation of 
US dollar profits and losses from its US-dollar-based businesses and 
transactions, including the gains or losses from the group’s forward 
contracts used to partially hedge these; and c) the availability of bank 
finance in the foreseeable future.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

31

 
 
 
 
Corporate Governanc e  continued

The group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably 
possible changes in trading performance, show that the group should 
be  able  to  operate  within  the  level  and  covenants  of  its  current 
borrowing facility. 

After making enquiries, the directors have a reasonable expectation 
that  the  group  has  adequate  resources  to  continue  in  operational 
existence  for  the  foreseeable  future.  Accordingly,  the  directors 
continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing this Annual 
Report.

Directors’ responsibility statement
The  directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the  Annual  Report  and 
the  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  applicable  law  and 
regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements 
for  each  financial  year.  Under  that  law  the  directors  are  required 
to  prepare  the  group  financial  statements  in  accordance  with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have elected 
to  prepare  the  parent  company  financial  statements  in  accordance 
with  United  Kingdom  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Practice 
(United  Kingdom  Accounting  Standards  and  applicable  law).  Under 
company law the directors must not approve the accounts unless they 
are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of 
the company and of the profit or loss of the company for that period. 

In preparing the parent company financial statements, the directors 
are required to:

The  directors  are  responsible  for  keeping  adequate  accounting 
records  that  are  sufficient  to  show  and  explain  the  company’s 
transactions  and  disclose  with  reasonable  accuracy  at  any  time  the 
financial  position  of  the  company  and  enable  them  to  ensure  that 
the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They 
are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the company and 
hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

The  directors  are  responsible  for  the  maintenance  and  integrity  of 
the  corporate  and  financial  information  included  on  the  company’s 
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation 
and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation 
in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement 
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
y  the  financial  statements,  prepared  in  accordance  with  the 
relevant  financial  reporting  framework,  give  a  true  and  fair  view 
of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the 
company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken 
as a whole; and

y  the management report, which is incorporated into the Directors’ 
Report, includes a fair review of the development and performance 
of  the  business  and  the  position  of  the  company  and  the 
undertakings  included  in  the  consolidation  taken  as  a  whole, 
together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties 
that they face.

y  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

By order of the Board 

y  make  judgements  and  accounting  estimates  that  are  reasonable 

and prudent;

y  state  whether  applicable  UK  Accounting  Standards  have  been 
followed,  subject  to  any  material  departures  disclosed  and 
explained in the financial statements; and

y  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless 
it  is  inappropriate  to  presume  that  the  company  will  continue  in 
business.

Richard Ensor 
Director 

November 11 2009 

In preparing the group financial statements, International Accounting 
Standard 1 requires that directors:

Colin Jones
Company Secretary

November 11 2009

y  properly select and apply accounting policies;

y  present  information,  including  accounting  policies,  in  a  manner 
that  provides  relevant,  reliable,  comparable  and  understandable 
information; 

y  provide  additional  disclosures  when  compliance  with  the  specific 
requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable users to understand 
the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions 
on the entity’s financial position and financial performance; and

y  make an assessment of the company’s ability to continue as a going 

concern.

32

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

Statement by the directors on compliance with the 
Combined Code
The  UK  Listing  Rules  require  the  board  to  report  on  compliance 
throughout  the  accounting  year  with  the  applicable  principles  and 
provisions  of  the  2008  Combined  Code  on  Corporate  Governance 
issued  by  the  Financial  Reporting  Council.  Save  for  the  exceptions 
outlined below, the group has complied throughout the financial year 
ended September 30 2009 with the provisions set out in Section 1 of 
the Combined Code.

Provision  A.3.2  states  that  half  the  board,  excluding  the  chairman, 
should  be  comprised  of  non-executive  directors  determined  by  the 
board  to  be  independent.  During  the  year  the  board  comprised  19 
directors  of  whom  six  are  non-executive  directors,  two  of  whom 
are  considered  to  be  independent  non-executive  directors  under 
the  Combined  Code.  On  January  14  2009,  RT  Lamont  retired  as 
a  executive  director  and  on  July  16  2009  CR  Brown,  an  executive 
director,  died,  hence,  at  the  year  end,  the  board  comprises  17 
directors of whom two are considered to be independent. With effect 
from November 11 2009, B AL-Rehany was appointed to the board 
as an executive director, and Mr MJ Carroll has indicated his intention 
to  retire  as  an  executive  director  at  the  company’s  Annual  General 
Meeting on January 21 2010.

Contrary  to  provision  A.3.3,  the  board  has  not  identified  a  senior 
independent non-executive director as the directors are of the opinion 
that all matters relating to the effective governance of the group must 
be dealt with by the board as a whole.

Provision  A.4.1  requires  that  the  majority  of  the  nominations 
committee  should  be  comprised  of  independent  non-executive 
directors. Although the committee consists of four non-executive and 
two executive directors, none of these non-executive directors can be 
considered independent under the Combined Code.

Provision A.4.4 states that the terms and conditions of appointment 
of  non-executive  directors  should  be  available  for  inspection.  As 
explained in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, the non-executive 
directors do not have service contracts. 

Provisions  B.2.1  and  C.3.1  require  the  remuneration  and  audit 
committees  to  comprise  entirely  of  independent  non-executive 
directors.  The  remuneration  committee  is  comprised  of  three  non-
executive  directors,  none  of  whom  can  be  considered  independent 
under  the  Combined  Code.  During  the  year,  the  audit  committee 
comprised  four  members,  only  three  of  which  were  non-executive 
directors of the company including DP Pritchard who was appointed 
a member of the audit committee on June 8 2009. Only two of the 
members  of  the  audit  committee  can  be  considered  independent 
under the Combined Code.

On behalf of the board

Padraic Fallon
Chairman

November 11 2009

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

33

 
 
 
 
Directors’ Re muneration Report

Introduction
This remuneration report sets out the group’s policy and structure for the remuneration of executive and non-executive directors together with 
details of directors’ remuneration packages and service contracts. The report has been prepared in accordance with the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report Regulations 2002 and shareholders will be invited to approve this report at the Annual General Meeting on January 21 2010.

The remuneration committee
The remuneration committee is chaired by JC Botts. Its other members during the year were The Viscount Rothermere and MWH Morgan. All 
members of the committee are non-executive directors of the company. The Viscount Rothermere and MWH Morgan are also directors of Daily 
Mail and General Trust plc (DMGT) but have no personal financial interests in the company (other than as shareholders), and no day-to-day 
involvement in running the business. The executive chairman normally attends meetings of the remuneration committee, but is not present 
at any discussion concerning his own remuneration. For the year under review, the committee also sought advice and information from the 
company’s  managing  director  and  finance  director.  The  committee’s  terms  of  reference  permit  its  members  to  obtain  professional  external 
advice on any matter, at the company’s expense, although none did so in 2009. The group itself can take external advice and information from 
many sources in preparing proposals for the remuneration committee, but no material assistance from a single source was received in relation 
to remuneration decisions for 2009.

Remuneration policy
The group believes in aligning the interests of management with those of shareholders. The two consistent objectives in its remuneration policy 
since the company’s inception in 1969 have been the maximisation of earnings per share and the creation of shareholder value.

The first objective is achieved through a comprehensive profit sharing scheme that links the pay of executive directors and key managers to the 
profits and growth in profits of the group or relevant parts of the group. This scheme is completely variable with no guaranteed floor and no 
ceiling.

To support the implementation of the policy of profit sharing, the group is divided into a number of profit centres. The manager of each profit 
centre is paid a profit share related to the profit centre’s profits and profit growth. Each profit centre is part of a larger business group. Each 
business group manager has an incentive based on the business group’s profits and profit growth. Profit sharing encourages directors and 
managers to grow their businesses, to launch new ventures and to search for acquisitions that would fit well with their businesses.

All executives on profit shares are aware that if profits rise, so does their pay. Similarly if profits fall, so do their profit shares. The profit shares of 
executive directors and senior managers make up much of their total pay. For example, of the total remuneration of the 13 executive directors 
who served in the year, 83% was derived from profit shares.

The creation of shareholder value is also encouraged through an executive share option scheme and the 2004 Capital Appreciation Plan (CAP 
2004) and, from October 1 2009, the 2010 Capital Appreciation Plan (CAP 2010). The current executive share option scheme was approved 
by shareholders in January 1996. The performance criteria under which options granted under this scheme may be exercised are set out on 
page 37. This scheme expired in 2006, but no share options have been issued under it since February 2004 although options previously granted 
may be exercised before various dates to February 2014. CAP 2004 was approved by shareholders in February 2005, and is a highly geared 
performance-based share option scheme which not only directly rewards growth in profits of each executive’s businesses but also links more 
robustly equity reward with the delivery of economic shareholder value. The CAP 2004 profit target was achieved in 2007, a year ahead of 
expectations, and exceeded again in both 2008 and 2009 resulting in the second and final tranche of options vesting, subject to the additional 
performance condition also being met by the individual businesses. A more detailed explanation of the CAP is given on page 37.

Shareholders approved CAP 2009 at the 2009 Annual General Meeting. This incentive scheme has been revised during the year and shareholders 
will be asked to re-approve it at the 2010 Annual General Meeting. The revised incentive scheme, CAP 2010, will replace CAP 2009. CAP 2010 
is deliberately similar to CAP 2004, and aims to mirror the success of CAP 2004 for both shareholders and employees by delivering exceptional 
profit growth over the four years to 2013. Further details of CAP 2010 are set out on page 36.

The directors believe that these profit sharing and share option arrangements are responsible for much of the company’s success since 1969. 
These arrangements serve shareholders by aligning the interests of the directors and managers with those of shareholders and are considered 
an important driver of the company’s growth strategy.

The remuneration of the non-executive directors is determined by the board.

34

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

Remuneration structure

Executive directors
It is the group’s policy to construct executive remuneration packages such that a significant part of a director’s compensation is based on the 
growth in the group’s profits contributed by that director. The details of the remuneration packages of individual directors are set out below. 

Basic salary and benefits
The  basic  salary  and  benefits  are  generally  not  the  most  significant  part  of  a  director’s  overall  compensation  package.  Each  executive 
director receives a salary which is reviewed annually by the remuneration committee. Certain non-cash benefits are also provided including
private health care, and life assurance through the membership of one of the pension schemes.

Pension schemes
Each UK-based director is entitled to participate in the Harmsworth Pension Scheme (a defined benefit scheme, closed to new directors), the 
Euromoney Pension Plan/PensionSaver (money purchase plan) or their own private pension scheme. Directors based overseas are entitled to 
participate in the pension scheme arrangements applicable to the country where they work. Details of pension scheme contributions can be
found on  page 41 of this report. There are no other post-retirement benefits.

Profit share scheme
The group believes in aligning the economic interests of management with those of shareholders and achieves this through a comprehensive 
profit sharing scheme that links the pay of each executive director to the profits and growth in profits of the businesses that the executive 
director manages. 

The executive directors who manage business divisions are set profit thresholds for the businesses for which they are responsible. The profit 
thresholds are set at the time the director takes on responsibility for the businesses concerned, usually based on the profits of the previous 12 
months, and are adjusted if such responsibilities change. The normal profit share arrangement pays 1% of profits from zero up to a threshold 
and then 5% of profits achieved in excess of this threshold. Some of the directors have schemes which have been in place for a number of years 
and pay profit shares at slightly higher rates or which are subject to additional thresholds.

The profit shares of the chairman and managing director are based on the adjusted pre-tax post-minority profits of the group, thereby matching 
their  profit  share  with  the  pre-tax  return  the  group  generates  for  its  shareholders.  The  chairman  is  entitled  to  5.32%  (2008:  5.54%)  of 
the  adjusted  pre-tax  profit.  The  managing  director  is  entitled  to  3.15%  (2008:  3.28%)  of  the  adjusted  pre-tax  profit  up  to  a  threshold  of 
£31,972,645 and an additional 1.18% (2008: 1.23%) of adjusted pre-tax profit in excess of this threshold. 

The finance director receives a profit share linked to the pre-tax adjusted earnings per share (EPS) of the group . A fixed sum is payable for every 
percentage point the EPS is above 11p and an additional fixed sum is payable for every percentage point that EPS is above 20p.

CHC Fordham, in addition to his profit share, has an incentive linked to the performance of acquisitions.

JL Wilkinson, who is responsible for all the group’s marketing activities, receives an incentive based on the growth in the group’s subscription 
and delegate revenues.

Each of the executive director’s profit share schemes is completely variable with no guaranteed floor and no ceiling and is designed to be the 
most significant part of the executive director’s remuneration package. Each director’s profit share scheme is subject to remuneration committee 
approval, and can be revised at any time if the director’s responsibilities are changed.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

35

 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report  continued

Remuneration structure continued
The table below shows the 2009 percentage split of the fixed and variable elements of each director’s remuneration package.

Executive directors 

PM Fallon 
PR Ensor 
NF Osborn 
DC Cohen 
CR Brown (died July 16 2009) 
CR Jones 
RT Lamont (resigned January 14 2009) 
SM Brady 
DE Alfano 
GG Mueller 
MJ Carroll 
CHC Fordham 
JL Wilkinson 

Total 

Fixed 
salary & 
benefits 

Variable 
profit 
share 

6% 
7% 
28% 
31% 
39% 
37% 
73% 
51% 
23% 
33% 
100% 
21% 
30% 

17% 

94%
93%
72%
69%
61%
63%
27%
49%
77%
67%
0%
79%
70%

83%

SAYE scheme
The group operates an all employee save as you earn scheme in which those directors employed in the UK are eligible to participate. Participants 
save a fixed monthly amount of up to £250 for three years and are then able to buy shares in the company at a price set at a 20% discount 
to the market value at the start of the savings period. In line with market practice, no performance conditions attach to options granted under 
this plan. The executive directors who are participating in this scheme are PM Fallon, PR Ensor, NF Osborn, DC Cohen, CR Jones, SM Brady and 
CHC Fordham, details of which can be found on pages 43 to 47 of this report.

Share schemes
The directors consider that share schemes are an important part of overall compensation and align the interests of directors and employees with 
those of shareholders. Details of the directors’ share options can be found on pages 43 to 47.

2010 Capital Appreciation Plan (CAP 2010)
CAP 2010 is being presented for approval by the company’s shareholders at the 2010 Annual General Meeting. CAP 2010 is a revised version of 
CAP 2009 which was approved by shareholders on January 28 2009, and replaces CAP 2004 as no further awards may be granted under CAP 
2004. If approved by shareholders, CAP 2010 will replace CAP 2009.

The grant of awards under CAP 2010 is expected to be made soon after the 2010 Annual General Meeting. The remuneration committee intends 
to offer participation in CAP 2010 to approximately 150 directors and senior employees of the group who have direct and significant responsibility 
for the profits of the group. Each CAP 2010 award will comprise two equal elements – an option to subscribe for ordinary shares of 0.25p each in 
the company at an exercise price of 0.25p per ordinary share, and a right to receive a cash payment. In accordance with the terms of CAP 2010, no 
consideration will be payable for the grant of the awards. The award pool will comprise a number of ordinary shares which have an option value 
(calculated at date of grant using an option pricing valuation model) of £15 million and cash of £15 million, limiting the total accounting cost of 
the scheme to £30 million over its life. The awards will vest in two equal tranches. The first tranche of awards become exercisable on satisfaction 
of the primary or secondary performance condition and lapse to the extent unexercised by September 30 2020. The second tranche of awards 
becomes exercisable in a subsequent financial year in which the profits achieved in the year of initial vesting are again achieved. The second tranche 
only vests on satisfaction of the primary (or secondary) performance condition and an additional performance condition.

The primary performance condition requires the group to achieve adjusted pre-tax profits* of £100 million by no later than the financial year 
ending September 30 2013 and that profits remain at this level or more for the vesting period of the second tranche. If the primary performance 
condition is not met, the secondary performance condition requires the group to achieve adjusted pre-tax profits* of at least £84.9 million (60% 
of the growth under the primary performance condition) for the year ending September 30 2013 and remain at this level or more for the vesting 
of the second tranche of awards. If the secondary performance condition is met (but not the primary condition) and adjusted pre-tax profits* 
increase in the following year then the award pool for the second tranche of options is increased (catch-up award).

In the event that either the primary or secondary profit target is achieved, the award pool will be allocated between the holders of outstanding 
awards by reference to their contribution to the achievement of the performance condition, but no individual may have an award over more 
than 6% of the award pool they participate in. The catch-up award is also allocated between the CAP participants in the same manner but by 
reference to their contribution to the achievement of the profit growth in the year the catch-up award applies only. 

36

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share schemes continued
The additional performance condition, applicable for the vesting of the second tranche of the award, requires that the profits of the respective 
participants’ businesses in the subsequent vesting period remain at least 75% of that achieved in the year the primary (or secondary) performance 
condition was met. Thus the CAP 2009 is designed so that profit growth must be sustained if awards are to vest in full.

2004 Capital Appreciation Plan (CAP 2004)
The CAP 2004 was approved by shareholders on February 1 2005 and replaced the 1996 executive share option scheme. Each CAP 2004 
award comprises an option to subscribe for ordinary shares of 0.25p each in the company for an exercise price of 0.25p per ordinary share. 
In accordance with the terms of CAP 2004, no consideration was paid for the grant of the awards. The awards vests in three equal tranches. 
The first tranche of awards became exercisable on satisfaction of a primary performance condition and lapse to the extent unexercised on 
September 30 2014. The other two tranches of awards became exercisable following the results achieved in the 2008 and 2009 financial years 
when the profits exceeded those achieved in 2007 (the year the primary performance target was met) was again achieved but only to the extent 
that an additional performance condition was also achieved. The scheme was potentially available to all employees. 

The  primary  performance  condition,  broadly,  required  that  the  company  achieve  adjusted  pre-tax  profits*  of  £57  million  by  no  later  than 
the financial year ending September 30 2008 and remain at least this level for two further vesting periods. For the purposes of 2009 profits, 
redundancy costs were charged against profits for CAP purposes. The additional performance condition requires that the profits of the respective 
participants’  businesses  in  the  subsequent  two  vesting  periods  remain  at  least  75%  of  that  achieved  in  the  year  the  primary  performance 
condition was met.

The CAP 2004 profit target was achieved in 2007 and the option pool (of a maximum of 7.5 million shares) was allocated between the holders 
of outstanding awards by reference to their contribution to the achievement of the primary performance condition, subject to the condition 
that no individual had an option over more than 10% of the option pool. One third of the awards vested immediately. The primary performance 
target was achieved again in 2008 and, after applying the additional performance condition, 2,241,269 options from the second tranche of 
options vested in February 2009. The primary performance target was achieved again in 2009 and, after applying the additional performance 
condition, approximately 1.5 million options from the third (final) tranche of options will vest in February 2010. For those individual participants 
where the additional performance conditions for the second and final tranches have not been met, the vesting is deferred until the profits are 
at least 75% of that achieved in 2007 but no later than by reference to the year ending September 30 2012. 

The actual value of the second tranche of the CAP 2004 award to each director is set out in the directors’ share option table on pages 43 
to 45. The number of options received by the directors for the final tranche is provisional and will depend on the extent that the additional 
performance test has been met for their respective businesses. The remuneration committee require the results of the businesses to be reviewed 
and subsequently modified for true-up adjustments during the period to December 31. The provisional number of options anticipated to be 
received by the directors for the final tranche is given in the directors’ share option table on pages 43 to 45. 

The fair value per option granted and the assumptions used to calculate its value are set out in note 23. 

1996 executive share option scheme
The executive directors have options from a previous executive share option scheme approved by shareholders in 1996. This scheme expired 
in  2006  and  no  share  options  have  been  issued  under  it  since  February  2004  although  options  granted  may  be  exercised  before  various 
dates to February 2014. These options are exercisable subject to certain performance conditions. For options expiring on January 5 2010 the 
performance test set by the remuneration committee requires the growth in the company’s earnings per share for the three consecutive financial 
years commencing from the year of grant to exceed the growth in the retail prices index by an average of 4% a year. For all other options 
expiring after 2005, the performance condition set by the remuneration committee requires that the Total Shareholder Return (TSR) of the 
company exceeds that of the average TSR for the FTSE 250 index for the same period. For the performance condition to be satisfied, the TSR 
of the company must exceed that of the FTSE 250 on a cumulative basis, measured from the date of grant of the option, in any four out of six 
consecutive months starting 30 months after the option grant date. 

The fair value per option granted and the assumptions used to calculate its value are set out in note 23.

Internet Securities, Inc. (ISI) option scheme
GG Mueller and NF Osborn are also participants in the Internet Securities, Inc. option scheme. There are no performance conditions attached 
to these options. Their options, all of which are fully vested and exercisable, are set out on page 46. JC Botts was also a participant in the ISI 
option scheme and exercised his options during the year. The market price at the date of exercise is determined by an independent financial 
valuation of Internet Securities, Inc.

*  Adjusted  pre-tax  profits  are  before  goodwill  amortisation  and  impairment,  exceptional  items,  movements  in  acquisition  option  commitment  values,  imputed 
interest on acquisition option commitments, foreign exchange gains on losses on tax equalisation contracts on hedges of intra-group financing, foreign exchange 
loss on restructured hedging arrangements, the cost of the CAP itself and for 2009, after charging redundancy costs.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

37

 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Re muneration Report  continued

Remuneration structure continued

Subsidiary put options
GG Mueller has an option to sell his 2% (2008: 5%) holding of shares in Internet Securities, Inc., a subsidiary of the group, to Euromoney 
Institutional Investor PLC at a fair market value as determined by an independent valuation of the company. GG Mueller retains the rights 
granted under this put option should his employment contract terminate. If GG Mueller has not exercised his put option by 2011 the company 
has the right to purchase his shares at a pre-determined premium to an independent valuation of the company.

Non-executive directors
The remuneration of the non-executive directors is determined by the chairman and executive board with the aid of external professional advice 
if necessary. Non-executive directors receive a fee and are re-imbursed for expenses incurred in attending meetings. They do not receive any 
performance related bonuses, pension provisions, share options or other forms of benefits apart from JC Botts who was a participant in the 
Internet Securities, Inc. option scheme during the year.

Total Shareholder Return (TSR)
Shown below is the group’s TSR for the five years to September 30 2009 compared to the TSR achieved by the FTSE 250 index over the same 
period. This index has been presented as it reflects the comparator group for the performance condition attached to the executive share option 
scheme referred to above. The TSR calculations assume the re-investment of dividends.

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC
Total Shareholder Return

EM PLC

FTSE 250

%
n
r
u
t
e
R
r
e
d
o
h
e
r
a
h
S

l

l

a
t
o
T

250

200

150

100

50

0

3

0

3

1

3

1

S

e

D

M

D

M

D

M

D

M

D

M

3

0

 J

u

n

S

e

3

0

3

1

3

1

3

0

3

1

3

1

3

0

3

1

3

1

3

0

3

1

3

1

3

0

 J

u

n

S

e

3

0

 J

u

n

S

e

3

0

 J

u

n

S

e

p

t 

0

4

e

c

0

4

a

r 

0

5

0

5

p

t 

0

5

e

c

0

5

a

r 

0

6

0

6

p

t 

0

6

e

c

0

6

a

r 

0

7

0

7

p

t 

0

7

e

c

0

7

a

r 

0

8

0

8

p

t 

0

8

e

c 

0

a

r 

0

8

9

0

9

p

t 

0

9

3

0

 J

3

0

u

n

S

e

Period

Service contracts
The group’s policy is normally to employ executive directors on twelve month rolling service contracts. The remuneration committee seeks to 
minimise termination payments and believes these should be restricted to the value of remuneration for the notice period. With the exception 
of Sir Patrick Sergeant, none of the non-executive directors has a service contract. All executive service contracts are reviewed from time to time 
and updated where necessary. A service contract terminates automatically on the director reaching his/her respective retirement age. Following 
an independent recommendation from the nominations committee, the board has resolved to extend PM Fallon’s retirement date under his 
service contract by two years to the date of the Annual General Meeting in 2012.

38

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefits accruing  
if contract terminated* 

Benefits accruing
if contract terminated due to 
incapacity/death^ 

12 months’ salary, profit  
share and pension. 

9 months’ salary, profit share, 
and pension. 

Note

(1),
 (3)

Service contracts continued 

Executive 
directors 

Date of 
service 
contract 

Notice 
period 
(months) 

Retire- 
ment 
age 

PM Fallon 

Jun 2 1986 

12 

PR Ensor 

Jan 13 1993 

12 

NF Osborn 

Jan 4 1991 

12 

65 

62 

62 

DC Cohen 

Nov 2 1992 

12 

62 

CR Brown 
(died 
July 16 2009) 

Dec 31 1991 

12 

62 

CR Jones 

Aug 27 1997 

12 

62 

Jan 6 2000 

6 

62 

RT Lamont  
(retired  
January 14 
2009) 

SM Brady 

Feb 17 2000 

12 

62 

DE Alfano 

Jan 10 2001 

6 

62 

GG Mueller 

Jan 25 1999 

12 

62 

MJ Carroll 

Mar 18 1999 

6 

62 

CHC Fordham 

Sept 21 2004 

12 

62 

12 months’ salary, profit  
share and pension. 

6 months’ salary, profit share
and pension. 

12 months’ salary, pension  
and a pro-rated profit share  
up to the date notice of  
termination is given. 

12 months’ salary, pension  
and a pro-rated profit share  
up to the date notice of  
termination is given.

12 months’ salary, pension and  
a pro-rated profit share up to  
the date notice of termination 
is given. 

12 months’ salary, pension and  
a pro-rated profit share up to  
the date notice of termination  
is given.

9 months’ salary, pension and 
a pro-rated profit share up to 
the date notice of termination 
is given. 

12 months’ salary, pension and  
a pro-rated profit share up to  
the date notice of termination  
is given. 

6 months’ salary, pension and  
a pro-rated profit share up to  
the date notice of termination  
is given. 

12 months’ salary, pension and  
a pro-rated bonus up to the  
date notice of termination  
is given. In addition, if the  
company terminates the  
contract without cause,  
Mr Mueller is entitled to exercise 
immediately any outstanding 
and unvested options due to 
vest in two years. 

6 months’ salary, pension and  
a pro-rated profit share up to  
the date notice of termination  
is given. 

12 months’ salary, pension  
and a pro-rated profit share  
up to the date notice of  
termination is given.

1 month’s salary, pension 
and a pro-rated profit share 
up to the date of termination.

1 month’s salary, pension 
and a pro-rated profit share
up to the date of termination.

1 month’s salary, pension 
and a pro-rated profit share 
up to the date of termination.

6 months’ salary, pension 
and a pro-rated profit share
up to the date of termination.

3 months’ salary, pension 
and profit share if already paid. 

6 months’ salary, pension 
and pro-rated profit share
up to the date of termination.

Salary, pension and profit 
share earned up to the date 
of termination only.

Salary and pension earned 
up to the date of 
termination only, and any
incentive earned provided
it has already
been paid.

6 months’ salary, pension 
and pro-rated profit share 
up to the date of termination.

6 months’ salary, pension 
and pro-rated profit share
up to the date of termination. 

(3)

(2),
(3)

(3)

(3)
†

(3)

(3),
(4),
(6),
‡

(3)

(3),
(6)

(3),
(5)

(3),
(6)

(3)

(3)

. 

JL Wilkinson 

July 26 2000 

6 

62 

6 months’ salary, pension  
and a pro-rated profit share  
up to the date notice of  
termination is given. 

6 months’ salary, pension 
and a pro-rated profit share
up to the date notice of
termination is given. 

Non-executive director 
Sir Patrick 
Sergeant 

Jan 10 1993 

12 

n/a 

12 months’ expense  
allowance. 

Expense allowance up to the
date of termination. 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

39

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report  continued

Service contracts continued
(1)  PM Fallon has a second service contract with a subsidiary of the group, Euromoney Institutional Investor (Jersey) Limited (EIIJ), dated May 4 
1993. This service contract has the same terms as his contract with Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC. Any termination payment would 
include profit share based on EIIJ’s results. In addition, if PM Fallon be adjudged bankrupt, he is entitled to 7 days salary and profit share 
from EIIJ.

(2)  NF Osborn has a second service contract with a subsidiary of the group, Euromoney Inc, dated January 4 1991 normally terminated by 
12 months notice. In the event of termination NF Osborn is entitled to 12 months base salary and pension, plus a pro-rated profit share 
to the date notice of termination is given. The company may also terminate his agreement due to incapacity giving 3 months notice and 
NF Osborn would be entitled to 3 months’ salary, pension and pro-rated profit share.^

(3)  On termination, profit share is calculated as though the director has been employed for the full financial year and then pro-rated accordingly 

to the date of termination unless otherwise stated.

(4)  If employment is terminated due to a breach of contract and the company is judged to have breached RT Lamont’s editorial independence, 

the company shall pay US$87,500 to the United Way of Greater New York.

(5)  GG Mueller’s service agreement is with Internet Securities, Inc.
(6)  RT Lamont, DE Alfano and MJ Carroll’s service agreements are with Institutional Investor, Inc. If MJ Carroll’s contract is terminated due to 

just cause he is entitled to his salary and pension up to the date of termination, but no profit share unless already paid.

* 
^ 

If the director terminated reaches retirement age before the expiration of their notice period then benefits will only be paid up to the date of retirement.
This also applies if the director gives less than their notice period to the company. If the contract is terminated for reasons of bankruptcy or serious misconduct 
it is terminated immediately without any payment in lieu of notice.
†  CR Brown’s service contract terminated on his death on July 16 2009.
‡ 

RT Lamont’s service contract terminated on his retirement on January 14 2009.

Information subject to audit (pages 40 to 47)

Directors’ remuneration table

Executive directors 
PM Fallon 
PR Ensor 
NF Osborn1 
DC Cohen 
CR Brown (died July 16 2009) 
CR Jones 
RT Lamont2 
SM Brady 
DE Alfano 
GG Mueller 
MJ Carroll 
CHC Fordham 
JL Wilkinson 

Non-executive directors 
The Viscount Rothermere 
Sir Patrick Sergeant 
CJF Sinclair3 
JP Williams3 
JC Botts 
JC Gonzalez 
MWH Morgan4 
DP Pritchard5 

Salary  
and fees  
2009 
£  

 199,633  
 188,181  
 120,641  
 108,951  
 121,066  
 202,458  
 39,187  
 129,762  
 122,519  
 138,871  
 67,363  
 133,058  
 98,875  

 26,367  
 26,367  
 –  
 –  
 35,548  
 26,367  
 26,367  
 20,228  

Year to September 30

Benefits  
in kind  
2009 
£  

 942  
 942  
 942  
 1,178  
 3,637  
 1,178  
 2,237  
 471  
 9,219  
 13,726  
 11,225  
 1,178  
 471  

Profit 
share  
2009 
£  

 3,226,712  
 2,508,665  
 306,095  
 239,924  
 197,925  
 345,725  
 15,051  
 125,178  
 451,384  
 309,993  
 –  
 512,066  
 228,214  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

Total  
2009 
£  

Total 
2008
£ 

 3,427,287  
 2,697,788  
 427,678  
 350,053  
 322,628  
 549,361  
 56,475  
 255,411  
 583,122  
 462,590  
 78,588  
 646,302  
 327,560  

 26,367  
 26,367  
 –  
 –  
 35,548  
 26,367  
 26,367  
 20,228  

 4,253,340 
 3,467,080 
 545,288 
 724,971 
 344,015 
 687,003 
 154,319 
 316,951 
 593,135 
 645,589 
 208,003 
 740,985 
 318,694 

 28,000 
 28,000 
 28,000 
 28,000 
 37,750 
 28,000 
 – 
 – 

1,831,809  

 47,346  

8,466,932 

10,346,087 

 13,177,123

40

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service contracts continued
Fees as a director include fees paid as a director of subsidiary companies. Benefits in kind include payments by the company for health care.

1.   NF Osborn has waived £8,674 of profit share in respect of the current and future years. The profit share waived was paid into a private pension scheme on the 

director’s behalf. This waiver has not been deducted from the profit shares above.

resigned as non-executive directors on September 30 2008.

2.   retired as an executive director on January 14 2009.
3. 
4.  appointed as a non-executive director on October 1 2008.
5.   appointed as a non-executive director on December 22 2008.

The salaries of the executive directors, and the fees of the non-executive directors, were reduced by 10% from March 1 2009 in response to 
the difficult trading conditions. This reduction will remain in place until March 31 2010, or later if the remuneration committee so recommends.

Directors’ pensions
Executive directors can participate in the Harmsworth Pension Scheme (a defined benefit scheme, closed to new directors), the Euromoney 
Pension Plan (a money purchase plan) or their own private pension scheme.

Group pension contributions

PM Fallon 
PR Ensor 
NF Osborn 
DC Cohen 
CR Brown (died July 16 2009) 
CR Jones 
RT Lamont (retired January 14 2009) 
SM Brady 
DE Alfano 
GG Mueller 
MJ Carroll 
CHC Fordham 
JL Wilkinson 

  Harmsworth  
Pension  
Scheme  
2009 
£  

Euromoney  
Pension  
Plan  
2009 
£  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 18,604  
 –  
 37,636  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 9,074  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 13,780  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 14,130  
 –  

Private  
schemes  
2009 
£  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 1,703  
 –  
 1,359  
 –  
 4,658  
 4,658  
 4,658  
 –  
 –  

Total  
2009 
£  

 –  
 –  
 9,074  
 18,604  
 1,703  
 37,636  
 1,359  
 13,780  
 4,658  
 4,658  
 4,658  
 14,130  
 –  

Total 
2008
£ 

 – 
 – 
 8,244 
 18,004 
 2,858 
 35,237 
 2,872 
 12,013 
 2,999 
 2,364 
 3,328 
 12,354 
 – 

 56,240  

 36,984  

 17,036  

 110,260  

 100,273

In addition to the company pension contributions, NF Osborn has elected to waive part of his profit share. The profit share waived is paid by the 
company into a private pension scheme as set out above.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report  continued

Group pension contributions continued
Under the Harmsworth Pension Scheme, the following pension benefits were earned by the directors:

Increase   Accrued annual  
pension at  
September 30  
2009 
£  

in accrued  
annual pension  
during the year  
£  

Transfer value  
September 30  
2009 
£  

Increase in 
Transfer value  
transfer value 
September 30   (net of directors’ 
contributions) 
£ 

2008 
£  

 1,000  
 –  
 1,900  
 5,100  

 9,000  
 64,200  
 26,900  
 35,800  

 170,000  
 1,380,000  
 410,000  
 490,000  

 170,000  
 1,460,000  
 380,000  
 410,000  

 – 
 (80,000)
 30,000 
 80,000

Director 
PM Fallon* 
PR Ensor 
DC Cohen 
CR Jones 

The accrued annual pension entitlement is that which would be paid annually on retirement based on service to September 30 2009 and ignores 
any increase for future inflation. All transfer values have been calculated on the basis of actuarial advice in accordance with ‘Retirement Benefit 
– Transfer Values (GN11)’ published by the Board for Actuarial Standards. The transfer values of the accrued entitlement represent the value 
of assets that the pension scheme would need to transfer to another pension provider on transferring the scheme’s liability in respect of the 
directors’ pension benefits. They do not represent a sum paid or payable to individual directors and therefore cannot be added meaningfully to 
annual remuneration. During the year there was a change to the assumptions used to calculate transfer values, which made allowance for the 
expectation that members will live longer in retirement than had previously been assumed as well as reflecting a fall in long-term interest rates. 
These changes contributed to the increase in transfer value (net of directors’ contributions). Members of the scheme have the option of paying 
additional voluntary contributions. Neither the contributions nor the resulting benefits are included in the above table. The normal retirement 
age for the Harmsworth Pension Scheme is 62 years.

*  PM Fallon’s pension benefits relate to a deferred pension in the Mail Newspapers Pension Scheme for pensionable service between April 1 1978 and April 1 1986. 

No further contributions have been made to this scheme by the group or PM Fallon.

42

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ share options
The directors hold options to subscribe for new ordinary shares of 0.25p each in the company as follows:

PM Fallon 

PR Ensor 

At start  
of year 

 85,000  
255,000  
 2,533  
 46,126  
 –  
 –  

 Exercised/  
Granted/ 
trued up  lapsed during  

 At end  
 of year/date  
year   of retirement  

during year  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 5,133  
 46,126  

 (85,000) 
 (255,000) 
 (2,533) 
 (46,126) 
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
– * 
 –  

5,133 ¶ 
46,126 ‡ 

 388,659  

 51,259  

 (388,659) 

 51,259  

 75,000  
 225,000  
 2,533  
 46,126  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 5,133  
 46,126  

 (75,000) 
 (225,000) 
 (2,533) 
 (46,126) 
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
– * 
 –  

5,133 ¶ 
46,126 ‡ 

 348,659  

 51,259  

 (348,659) 

 51,259  

Exercise  
price  

£3.95 
£4.31 
£3.69 
£0.0025 
£1.87 
£0.0025 

£3.95 
£4.31 
£3.69 
£0.0025 
£1.87 
£0.0025 

Date  
from which  
exercisable  

lapsed 
lapsed 
lapsed 
exercised 
Feb 01 12 
Feb 12 10 

lapsed 
lapsed 
lapsed 
exercised 
Feb 01 12 
Feb 12 10 

NF Osborn 

 5,000  

 –  

 –  

 5,000  

DC Cohen 

CR Brown 
(died July 16 2009) 

 2,533  
18,800  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 5,133  
 18,052  

 (2,533) 
 (18,800) 
 –  
 –  

– * 
 –  

5,133 ¶ 
18,052 ‡ 

 26,333  

 23,185  

 (21,333) 

 28,185  

 8,000  

 6,000  
 10,000  

 5,000  

 3,018  
 64,385  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 8,000  

 6,000  
 10,000  

 5,000  

 –  
 (3,700) 
 8,214  

 –  
 (60,685) 
 –  

3,018 § 
– † 
8,214 ‡ 

 96,403  

 4,514  

 (60,685) 

 40,232 

 28,000  
 8,000  

 40,000  

 30,000  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 (28,000) 
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 8,000  

 40,000  

 30,000  

61,347  
 –  

 –  
 29,038  

 (61,347) 
 –  

 –  

29,038 ‡ 

 167,347  

29,038  

 (89,347) 

 107,038  

£4.19 

£3.69 
£0.0025 
£1.87 
£0.0025 

TSR criteria 
  not satisfied
lapsed 
exercised 
Feb 01 12 
Feb 12 10 

£5.38 

£3.35 
£2.59 

£4.19 

TSR criteria 
  not satisfied
now 
TSR criteria 
  not satisfied
TSR criteria 
  not satisfied
Feb 01 11 
exercised 
Feb 12 10 

£3.18 
£0.0025 
£0.0025 

£4.19 
£5.38 

£2.59 

£4.19 

lapsed 
TSR criteria 
  not satisfied
TSR criteria 
  not satisfied
TSR criteria 
  not satisfied
exercised 
Feb 12 10 

£0.0025 
£0.0025 

Expiry 
date 

Feb 11 09
Jun 25 09
Aug 01 09
Sep 30 14
Aug 01 12
Sep 30 14

Feb 11 09
Jun 25 09
Aug 01 09
Sep 30 14
Aug 01 12
Sep 30 14

Jan 28 14

Aug 01 09
Sep 30 14
Aug 01 12
Sep 30 14

Mar 02 11

Jan 23 12
Dec 04 12

Jan 28 14

Aug 01 11
Sep 30 14
Sep 30 14

Jan 29 09
Mar 02 11

Dec 04 12

Jan 28 14

Sep 30 14
Sep 30 14

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report  continued

Directors’ share options continued

CR Jones 

RT Lamont 
(retired January 14 2009) 

SM Brady 

DE Alfano 

At start  
of year 

 32,000  
 60,000  
 8,000  

 6,000  
 20,000  

 15,000  

 2,533  
 46,126  
 –  
 –  

 Exercised/  
Granted  lapsed during  

 At end  
 of year/date  
year   of retirement  

during year 

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 (32,000) 
 (60,000) 
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 8,000  

 6,000  
 20,000  

Exercise  
price  

Date  
from which  
exercisable  

£4.19 
£4.31 
£5.38 

£3.35 
£2.59 

lapsed 
lapsed 
TSR criteria 
  not satisfied 
now 
TSR criteria 
  not satisfied

Expiry 
date 

Jan 29 09
Jun 25 09
Mar 02 11

Jan 23 12
Dec 04 12

 15,000  

£4.19 

TSR criteria  

Jan 28 14

 –  
 –  
 5,133  
 46,126  

 (2,533) 
 (46,126) 
 –  
 –  

– * 
 –  

 5,133 ¶ 
46,126 ‡ 

  not satisfied
lapsed 
exercised 
Feb 01 12 
Feb 12 10 

£3.69 
£0.0025 
£1.87 
£0.0025 

 189,659  

  51,259  

 (140,659) 

 100,259 

 10,000  
 5,000  

 15,863  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 (10,000) 
 –  

 –  
 5,000  

 –  
 6,544  

 (15,863) 
 –  

– † 
6,544 ‡ 

 30,863  

 6,544  

 (25,863) 

 11,544  

 16,000  
 8,000  

 6,000  
 20,000  

 10,000  

 2,255  
 46,474  
 46,474  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 (16,000) 
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 46,475  

 –  
 (46,474) 
 (46,474) 
 –  

 –  
 8,000  

 6,000  
 20,000  

 10,000  

 2,255 ∏ 

 –  
 –  

46,475 ‡ 

 155,203  

 46,475  

 (108,948) 

 92,730  

 10,000  
 8,000  
 5,000  

 10,000  

 10,000  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 (10,000) 
 –  
 –  

 –  
 8,000  
 5,000  

 –  

 10,000  

 –  

 10,000  

£4.19 
£5.38 

£0.0025 
£0.0025 

lapsed 
TSR criteria 
  not satisfied
exercised 
Feb 12 10 

£4.19 
£5.38 

£3.35 
£2.59 

£4.19 

lapsed 
TSR criteria 
  not satisfied
now 
TSR criteria 
  not satisfied
TSR criteria 
  not satisfied
Feb 01 10 
exercised 
exercised 
Feb 12 10 

£4.19 
£0.0025 
£0.0025 
£0.0025 

£4.19 
£5.62 
£5.38 

£2.59 

lapsed 
now 
TSR criteria 
  not satisfied
TSR criteria 
  not satisfied

£4.19 

TSR criteria 
  not satisfied

Aug 01 09
Sep 30 14
Aug 01 12
Sep 30 14

Jan 29 09
Mar 02 11

Sep 30 14
Sep 30 14

Jan 29 09
Mar 02 11

Jan 23 12
Dec 04 12

Jan 28 14

Aug 01 10
Sep 30 14
Sep 30 14
Sep 30 14

Jan 29 09
Jan 05 10
Mar 02 11

Dec 04 12

Jan 28 14

 45,882  
 –  

 –  
 35,049  

 (45,882) 
 –  

 –  

35,049 ‡ 

£0.0025 
£0.0025 

exercised 
Feb 12 10 

Sep 30 14
Sep 30 14

 88,882  

 35,049  

 (55,882) 

 68,049  

44

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GG Mueller 

MJ Carroll 

CHC Fordham 

JL Wilkinson 

Directors’ share options continued

At start  
of year/  
appointment  

 10,000  

 6,000  
20,000  

Granted/
trued-up  

 Exercised/  

 At end  
 during  lapsed during    of year/date  
year   of retirement  

 year  

Exercise 
price 

Date 
from which 
exercisable 

Expiry
date

 10,000  

£5.38 

TSR criteria  Mar 02 11

 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  

 6,000  
 20,000  

£3.35 
£2.59 

 74,874  
 –  

 (10,688) 
 48,777  

 (64,186) 
 –  

– † 
48,777 ‡ 

£0.0025 
£0.0025 

 110,874  

 38,089  

 (64,186) 

 84,777 

 4,000  
 8,000  
 4,000  

 20,000  

 10,000  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 (4,000) 
 –  
 –  

 –  
 8,000  
 4,000  

£4.19 
£5.62 
£5.38 

 –  

 –  

 20,000  

£2.59 

 10,000  

£4.19 

 41,435  
 –  

 –  
 22,036  

 (41,435) 
 –  

 –  

22,036 ‡ 

£0.0025 
£0.0025 

 87,435  

 22,036  

 (45,435) 

 64,036  

 10,000  

 6,000  
 20,000  

 10,000  

 2,533  
 49,646  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 (3,135) 
 5,133  
 23,581  

 (2,533) 
 (46,511) 
 –  
 –  

– * 
– † 
5,133 ¶ 
23,581 ‡ 

£3.69 
£0.0025 
£1.87 
£0.0025 

 98,179  

 25,579  

 (49,044) 

 74,714 

 8,000  
 8,000  

 8,000  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 8,000  
 8,000  

£3.35 
£2.59 

 8,000  

£4.19 

 43,789  
 –  

 –  
 43,789  

 (43,789) 
 –  

 –  

43,789 ‡ 

£0.0025 
£0.0025 

 67,789  

 43,789  

 (43,789) 

 67,789  

not satisfied
now 
TSR criteria 
not satisfied
exercised 
Feb 12 10 

Jan 23 12
Dec 04 12

Sep 30 14
Sep 30 14

lapsed 
now 

Jan 29 09
Jan 05 10
TSR criteria  Mar 02 11
not satisfied
TSR criteria 
not satisfied
TSR criteria 
not satisfied
exercised 
Feb 12 10 

Sep 30 14
Sep 30 14

Dec 04 12

Jan 28 14

not satisfied
now 
TSR criteria 
not satisfied
TSR criteria 
not satisfied
lapsed 
exercised 
Feb 01 12 
Feb 12 10 

now 
TSR criteria 
not satisfied
TSR criteria 
not satisfied
exercised 
Feb 12 10 

Jan 23 12
Dec 04 12

Jan 28 14

Aug 01 09
Sep 30 14
Aug 01 12
Sep 30 14

Jan 23 12
Dec 04 12

Jan 28 14

Sep 30 14
Sep 30 14

 10,000  

£5.38 

TSR criteria  Mar 02 11

 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  

 6,000  
 20,000  

£3.35 
£2.59 

 10,000  

£4.19 

Total 

 1,856,285  

 428,075  

 (1,442,489) 

 841,871  

*  
∏  
§  
¶  

†  

‡  

issued under the Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC Save As You Earn scheme 2006.
issued under the Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC Save As You Earn scheme 2007.
issued under the Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC Save As You Earn scheme 2008.
issued under the Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC Save As You Earn scheme 2009.

 Options granted relate to those that were issued under the second tranche of the CAP which vested on February 13 2009, three months following the 
announcement of the company’s results. The number of options granted to each director was provisional and was trued-up following adjustment for the 
allocation of options belonging to leavers and adjustments to profits of the respective directors’ individual businesses as required by the remuneration 
committee. As such the actual number of options granted was different from that reported last year.

 Options  granted  are  those  expected  to  be  issued  under  the  third  tranche  of  the  CAP  which  vest  on  February  12  2010,  three  months  following  the 
announcement of the company’s results. The number of options granted to each director is provisional and will require a true-up to reflect adjustments to 
the respective directors’ individual businesses profits between year end and December 31 2009 as required by the remuneration committee. As such the 
actual number of options granted could vary from that disclosed.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

45

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report  continued

Directors’ share options continued
Options exercised during the year: 

PM Fallon 
PR Ensor 
NF Osborn 
DC Cohen 
CR Brown 
CR Jones 
RT Lamont 
SM Brady 
DE Alfano 
GG Mueller 
MJ Carroll 
CHC Fordham 
JL Wilkinson 

Number of 
options 
exercised 

Date of 
exercise 

 46,126   Feb 13 2009 
 46,126   May 28 2009 
 18,800   Feb 13 2009 
 60,685   Feb 20 2009 
 61,347   Feb 20 2009 
 46,126   Mar 13 2009 
 15,863   Feb 13 2009 
 92,948   Feb 20 2009 
 45,882   Feb 20 2009 
 64,186   Feb 13 2009 
 41,435   Feb 20 2009 
 46,511   Mar 13 2009 
43,789   Feb 20 2009 

Market
price per
share on 
date of 
exercise (£) 

Gain on 
exercise (£) 

Number of
shares
retained

 2.19  
 2.02  
 2.19  
 1.78  
 1.78  
 1.76  
 2.19  
 1.78  
 1.78  
 2.19  
 1.78  
 1.76  
 1.78  

 100,901  
 93,059  
 41,125  
 107,868  
 109,044  
 81,066  
 34,700  
 165,215  
 81,555  
 140,407  
 73,651  
 81,743  
 77,835  

 46,126 
 46,126 
 18,800 
 35,678 
 33,400 
 46,126 
 15,863 
 54,646 
 27,188 
 64,186 
 5,000 
 46,511 
 25,744 

 629,824  

 1,188,169  

 465,394 

The market price of the company’s shares on September 30 2009 was £3.73. The high and low share prices during the year were £3.80 and 
£1.47 respectively. There were 428,075 options granted during the year (2008: 640,914). The aggregate gain made by directors on the exercise 
of share options in the year was £1,188,869 (2008: £2,100,777).

In addition, the following directors hold options to subscribe for common stock of $0.001 each in Internet Securities, Inc., a subsidiary of the 
company. All of these options are fully vested and exercisable.

JC Botts 

GG Mueller 

NF Osborn 

Total 

At start   
of year   

 Exercised  
during  
year  

At end  
of year  

Exercise 
price 

Date 
from which 
exercisable 

Expiry
date

 6,000  

 (6,000) 

 –  

$7.40 

exercised 

May 13 09

 5,063  

 5,000  

 –  

 –  

 5,063  

 5,000  

$7.07 

$8.95 

now 

Feb 02 14

now 

Sep 05 10

 16,063  

 (6,000) 

 10,063  

46

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ share options continued
Options exercised during the year: 

Number of 
options 
exercised 

Date of 
exercise 

Market
price per
share on 
date of 
exercise ($) 

Gain on 
exercise (£) 

Number of
shares
retained

JC Botts 

 6,000   Feb 28 2009 

 12.28  

 29,280  

 –

No options in Internet Securities, Inc. were granted during the year. In February 2009, GG Mueller sold 220,000 shares in Internet Securities, Inc 
to Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC for an independently assessed market price of $12.28 per share.

Information not subject to audit 
Directors’ interests in the company
The interests of the directors and their families in the ordinary shares of the company and its subsidiaries as at September 30 were as follows:

Beneficial 
PM Fallon 
PR Ensor 
NF Osborn 
DC Cohen 
CR Brown (died July 16 2009) 
CR Jones 
RT Lamont (retired January 14 2009) 
SM Brady 
DE Alfano 
GG Mueller 
MJ Carroll 
CHC Fordham 
JL Wilkinson 
The Viscount Rothermere 
Sir Patrick Sergeant 
CJF Sinclair (retired September 30 2008)   
JP Williams (resigned September 30 2008) 
JC Botts 
JC Gonzalez 
MWH Morgan (appointed October 1 2008) 
DP Pritchard (appointed December 22 2008) 

Non-beneficial 
Sir Patrick Sergeant 

Ordinary shares of 0.25p each
2008

2009 

 579,124  
 148,403  
 52,675  
 110,225  
 –  
 114,013  
 –  
 34,907  
 74,817  
 174,563  
 15,000  
 97,030  
 51,508  
 22,708  
 165,304  
 –  
 –  
 15,503  
 –  
 7,532  
 –  

 532,998 
 102,277 
 33,875 
 74,547 
 79,205 
 67,887 
 41,366 
 – 
 47,629 
 110,377 
 10,000 
 50,519 
 25,764 
 20,864 
 265,304 
 7,494 
 3,075 
 15,503 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 1,663,312  

 1,488,684 

 20,000  

 20,000 

At  September  30  2009  GG  Mueller  was  beneficially  interested  in  160,000  shares  of  Internet  Securities,  Inc.  a  subsidiary  of  the  group 
(2008: 380,000 shares).

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report  continued

Directors’ interests in Daily Mail and General Trust plc 
The interests of the directors, to be disclosed under chapter 9.8.6 of the UKLA Listing Rules, in the shares of Daily Mail and General Trust plc as 
at September 30 were as follows:

The Viscount Rothermere1&2 
PM Fallon 
Sir Patrick Sergeant 
MWH Morgan1&2 
CJF Sinclair1&2 
JP Williams1&2 

Ordinary shares 
of 12.5p each 

‘A’ ordinary non-voting
shares of 12.5p each

2009 

2008 

2009 

2008

11,903,132  
–  
–  
764  
–  
–  

11,903,132  
–  
–  
–  
–  
–  

75,977,758  
41,500  
36,000  
902,007  
–  
–  

76,213,053 
41,500 
80,000 
– 
477,207 
243,072

1.  The figures in the table above include ‘A’ shares committed by executives under a long-term incentive plan, details of which are set out in Daily Mail and General 

Trust plc’s annual report. 

2.  The figures in the table above include ‘A’ shares awarded to executives under the DMGT Executive Bonus Scheme. For the Viscount Rothermere and MWH 
Morgan  respectively,  25,013  and  816,575  of  these  shares  were  subject  to  restrictions  as  explained  in  Daily  Mail  and  General  Trust  plc’s  annual  report.  The 
comparable figures for the Viscount Rothermere, CJF Sinclair and JP Williams at October 1 2008 were 26,839, 43,312 and 21,414 respectively.

The Viscount Rothermere had non-beneficial interests as a trustee at September 30 2009 in 5,540,000 ‘A’ ordinary non-voting shares of 12.5p 
each (2008: 5,540,000 shares) plus 639,208 ordinary shares of 12.5p each (2008: 639,208 shares).

Daily Mail and General Trust plc has been notified that, under section 824 of the Companies Act 2006 and including the interests shown in 
the table above, The Viscount Rothermere is deemed to have been interested in 12,542,340 ordinary shares of 12.5p each (2008: 12,542,340 
shares).

At September 30 2009 and September 30 2008, The Viscount Rothermere was beneficially interested in 756,700 ordinary shares of Rothermere 
Continuation Limited, the company’s ultimate parent company.

The Viscount Rothermere and MWH Morgan had options over 311,000 and 136,000 respectively ‘A’ ordinary non-voting shares in Daily Mail 
and General Trust plc at September 30 2009 (2008: The Viscount Rothermere, CJF Sinclair and JP Williams had options over 436,000, 898,000 
and 365,000 shares respectively). The exercise price of these options ranges from £5.73 to £10.30. Further details of these options are listed in 
the Daily Mail and General Trust plc group accounts.

There have been no changes in the directors’ interests since September 30 2009.

John Botts
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

November 11 2009

48

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditors’  Report

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC
We have audited the group financial statements of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC for the year ended September 30 2009 which comprise 
the Group Income Statement, the Group Balance Sheet, the Group Cash Flow Statement, the Group Statement of Recognised Income and 
Expense and the related notes 1 to 31. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union.

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with sections 495 and 496 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit 
work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ 
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the 
company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the group financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit the group financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices 
Board’s (APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance 
that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether 
the  accounting  policies  are  appropriate  to  the  group’s  circumstances  and  have  been  consistently  applied  and  adequately  disclosed;  the 
reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and the overall presentation of the financial statements.

Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion the group financial statements:
y  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s affairs as at September 30 2009 and of its loss for the year then ended;
y  have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; and
y  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Opinion on other matter prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent 
with the group financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
y  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
y  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:
y  the directors’ statement contained within the report of the Directors in relation to going concern; and
y  the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the June 2008 Combined 

Code specified for our review.

Other matter
We have reported separately on the parent company financial statements of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC for the year ended and on 
the information in the Directors’ Remuneration Report that is described as having been audited. 

Ian Waller 
Senior Statutory Auditor
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London, United Kingdom

November 11 2009

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

49

 
 
 
 
Group Income Statement
for the year ended September 30 2009

Total revenue 

Operating profit before acquired intangible amortisation,  

share option expense and exceptional items 

Acquired intangible amortisation 

Share option expense 

Exceptional items 

Operating profit before associates 

Share of results in associates 

Operating profit 
Finance income 

Finance expense 

Net finance costs 

(Loss)/profit before tax 

Tax credit on (loss)/profit 

Deferred tax asset recognition 

Tax credit on (loss)/profit 

(Loss)/profit after tax from continuing operations 

Profit for the year from discontinued operations 

(Loss)/profit for the year 

Attributable to: 

Equity holders of the parent 

Equity minority interests 

Basic (loss)/earnings per share – continuing operations 

Basic (loss)/earnings per share – continuing and discontinued operations 

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share – continuing operations 

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share – continuing and discontinued operations 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

Dividend per share (including proposed dividends) 

Notes 

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

3 

317,594  

332,064 

3 

11 

5 

3, 4 

7 

7 

7 

3 

8 

3 

15 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

9 

79,447  

(15,891)  

(2,697)  

(33,901)  

26,958  

219  

27,177  
2,281  

81,308 

(12,749) 

(5,361) 

(2,477) 

60,721 

308 

61,029 
5,594 

(46,819)  

(29,197) 

(44,538)  

(23,603) 

(17,361)  

37,426 

10,412  

–  

10,412  

(6,949)  

1,207  

1,921 

5,358 

7,279 

44,705 

245 

(5,742)  

44,950 

(6,287)  

545  

43,719 

1,231 

(5,742)  

44,950 

(6.83)p 

(5.73)p 

(6.67)p 

(5.59)p 

40.39p 

14.00p 

41.69p

41.92p

40.37p

40.60p

44.36p

19.25p

A detailed reconciliation of the group’s underlying results is set out in the appendix to the Chairman’s Statement on page 7. 

50

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Balance Sheet
as at September 30 2009   

Non-current assets 
Intangible assets 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investments 
Deferred tax assets 
Net pension surplus 
Derivative financial instruments 

Current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Amounts on loans owed by DMGT group undertakings 
Current income tax assets 
Cash at bank and in hand 
Derivative financial instruments 

Current liabilities 
Acquisition option commitments 
Trade and other payables 
Amounts on loans owed to DMGT group undertakings 
Current income tax liabilities 
Accruals 
Deferred income 
Derivative financial instruments 
Provisions 
Committed loan facility 
Loan notes 
Bank overdrafts 

Net current liabilities 

Total assets less current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Acquisition option commitments 
Other non-current liabilities 
Committed loan facility 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Net pension deficit 
Derivative financial instruments 
Provisions 

Net assets 

Shareholders’ equity 
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Other reserve 
Capital redemption reserve 
Own shares 
Liability for share based payments 
Fair value reserve 
Translation reserve 
Retained earnings 

Equity shareholders’ surplus 
Equity minority interests 

Total equity 

Notes 

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

11 
11 
12 
13 
21 
27 
18 

16 
29 

18 

25 
17 
29 

18 
20 
19 
19 
19 

25 

19 
21 
27 
18 
20 

22 
24 
24 
24 
24 
24 
24 
24 
24 

 291,338  
 134,310  
 19,750  
 209  
 18,474  
 –  
 569  

 272,096 
 135,482 
 21,661 
 303 
 16,459 
 2,527 
 368 

 464,650  

 448,896 

 59,000  
 –  
 6,311  
 12,545  
 569  

 69,141 
 155,772 
 1,928 
 21,211 
 1,451 

 78,425  

 249,503 

(11,237)  
(59,214)  
 –  
(6,139)  
(46,972)  
(82,599)  
(9,917)  
(2,359)  
 –  
(5,719)  
(482)  

(22,276) 
(30,619) 
(155,772) 
(2,558) 
(50,016) 
(89,488) 
(15,165) 
(1,198) 
(184,594) 
(7,579) 
(1,032) 

(224,638)  

(560,297) 

(146,213)  

(310,794) 

 318,437  

 138,102 

(706)  
(1,012)  
(171,404)  
(21,777)  
(364)  
(14,592)  
(3,591)  

(7,572) 
(1,301) 
 – 
(27,887) 
 – 
(9,773) 
(3,505) 

(213,446)  

(50,038) 

 104,991  

 88,064 

 284  
 52,445  
 64,981  
 8  
(74)  
 23,646  
(39,508)  
 44,734  
(42,511)  

 104,005  
 986  

 104,991  

 263 
 38,575 
 64,981 
 8 
(74) 
 20,676 
(19,579) 
 17,113 
(36,916) 

 85,047 
 3,017 

 88,064 

The accounts were approved by the board of directors on November 11 2009.   

Richard Ensor 
Colin Jones 
Directors   

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

51

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Cash Flow Statement
for the year ended September 30 2009

Cash flow from operating activities 
Operating profit 
Share of results in associates 
Profit on disposal of long-term investment 
Acquired intangible amortisation 
Licences and software amortisation 
Share option expense 
Goodwill impairment 
Intangible impairment 
Reduction in goodwill arising from a deferred tax adjustment   
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Exceptional depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Increase/(decrease) in provisions 
Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital 
Decrease in receivables 
(Decrease)/increase in payables 

Cash generated from operations 
Income taxes received/(paid) 

Net cash from operating activities 

Investing activities 
Dividends paid to minorities 
Dividends received from associate 
Interest received 
Purchase of intangible assets 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment   
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from disposal of long-term investment 
Purchase of additional interest in subsidiary undertakings 
Acquisition of subsidiary undertakings 
Proceeds from disposal of discontinued operations 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities 
Dividends paid 
Interest paid 
Interest paid on loan notes 
Issue of new share capital 
Settlement of derivative assets/liabilities 
Amounts received on intergroup tax equalisation swaps 
Redemption of loan notes 
Loan repaid to DMGT group company 
Loan received from DMGT group company   

Net cash used in financing activities 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Effect of foreign exchange rate movements   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Cash and cash equivalents include bank overdrafts. 

52

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

 27,177  
 (219) 
 –  
 15,891  
 256  
 2,697  
 21,929  
 1,235  
–  
 2,544  
1,210  
 1,476  
125  

74,321  
 15,983  
 (17,727) 

 72,577  
 1,263  

 61,029 
 (308)
 (1,589)
 12,749 
 207 
 5,361 
 2,952 
 – 
 2,784 
 2,759 
 – 
 (1,419)
 (1,662)

 82,863 
 3,224 
 13,697 

 99,784 
 (12,231)

 73,840  

 87,553 

 (1,806) 
 313  
 801  
 (146) 
(1,260) 
 21  
 –  
 (19,890) 
 –  
 1,259  

 (20,708) 

 (6,771) 
 (8,887) 
 (291) 
 5  
(35,861) 
23,088  
 (1,767) 
(117,239) 
83,903  

 (2,056)
 257 
 4,212 
 (156)
 (4,240)
 2,846 
 1,589 
 (5,997)
 (556)
 245 

 (3,856)

 (19,950)
 (10,129)
 (534)
 72 
 (5,591)
 – 
 (4,324)
 (217,236)
 171,218 

 (63,820) 

 (86,474)

(10,688) 
 20,179  
 2,572  

 (2,777)
 20,776 
 2,180 

12,063  

 20,179 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note to the Group Cash Flow Statement

Net Debt

Net debt at beginning of year 
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Decrease in amounts owed to DMGT group company 
Redemption of loan notes 
Interest paid on loan notes 
Other non-cash changes 
Effect of foreign exchange rate movements   

Net debt at end of year 

2009 
£000’s 

(171,994)  
(10,688)  
33,336  
 1,767  
 291  
(4,748)  
(13,024)  

2008
£000’s

(204,579) 
(2,777) 
 46,018 
 4,324 
 534 
(5,805) 
(9,709) 

(165,060)  

(171,994)

Net debt comprises cash at bank and in hand, bank overdrafts, committed borrowings and loan notes.

Non-cash changes represent interest added to the principal amounts owed to DMGT and accrued interest on loan notes.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Statement of Recognised Income and Expense
for the year ended September 30 2009

Change in fair value of hedges 
Gains on revaluation of intangible assets 
Net exchange differences on translation of net investments in overseas subsidiary undertakings 
Net exchange differences on foreign currency loans 
Actuarial (losses)/gains on defined benefit pension schemes 
Tax on items taken directly to equity  

Net income recognised directly in equity 
Transfer of loss/(gain) on cash flow hedges from fair value reserves to income statement 
(Loss)/profit for the year 

Total recognised income and expense for the year 

Attributable to: 
Equity holders of the parent 
Equity minority interests 

2009 
 £000’s  

2008
 £000’s 

(9,285)  
 2,544  
 27,621  
(16,690)  
(3,382)  
 3,792  

4,600  
 3,502  
(5,742)  

(17,455) 
 1,692 
 32,448 
(19,115) 
 1,589 
 1,282 

 441 
(2,877) 
 44,950 

 2,360  

 42,514 

 1,815  
 545  

 2,360  

 41,283 
 1,231 

 42,514

54

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts

1  Accounting policies
General information
Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC (the ‘company’) is a company incorporated in the United Kingdom (UK).

The group financial statements consolidate those of the company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the ‘group’) and equity-account the group’s 
interest in associates. The parent company financial statements present information about the entity and not about its group.

The group financial statements have been prepared and approved by the directors in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards 
adopted for use in the European Union and therefore comply with Article 4 of the EU IAS Regulation. The company has elected to prepare its parent 
company financial statements in accordance with UK GAAP.

Judgements made by the directors in the application of these accounting policies that have a significant effect on the financial statements, and estimates 
with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next year, are discussed in note 2.

In the current year, IFRIC 14 ‘IAS 19 – The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction’ is effective for the 
current period. The adoption of this interpretation has not led to any changes in the group’s accounting policies.

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following new accounting standards, or amendments and interpretations to existing 
standards have not been applied as they are not yet effective: IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ (effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1 
2009); Amendment to IAS 23 ‘Borrowing Costs’ (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1 2009); Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Presentation 
of  Financial  Statements’  (effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  January  1  2009);  Amendments  to  IAS  27  ‘Consolidated  and  Separate 
Financial Statements’ (effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1 2009); Amendment to IFRS 2 ‘Vesting Conditions and Cancellations’ 
(effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1 2009); Amendments to IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ and 
IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ relating to puttable financial instruments and obligations arising on liquidation (effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after January 1 2009); Amendment to IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement relating to eligible hedged items’ 
(effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1 2009); IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 
1 2009); IFRIC 11 ‘IFRS 2 – Group and Treasury Share Transactions’ (effective for annual periods beginning on or after March 1 2007); IFRIC 14 ‘IAS 19 – 
The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction’ (effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 
1 2008); The directors anticipate that the adoption of these standards in future periods will have no material impact on the financial statements of the 
group except for additional disclosures. In addition, certain other standards and interpretations were issued during the period which either do not apply 
to the group or are not expected to have any material effect.

Basis of preparation
The accounts have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for certain financial instruments which have been measured at fair value. 
The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these group financial statements. The directors continue 
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing this report as explained in detail on page 31.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated accounts incorporate the accounts of the company and entities controlled by the company (its ‘subsidiaries’). Control is achieved where 
the company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an investee entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

An associate is an entity over which the group is in a position to exercise significant influence, but not control or joint control, through participation in the 
financial and operating policy decisions of the investee. The results and assets and liabilities of associates are incorporated in these financial statements 
using the equity method of accounting.

Where the group owns a non-controlling interest in the equity share capital of a non-quoted company and does not exercise significant influence, it is 
held as an investment and stated in the balance sheet at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

The results of subsidiary and associated undertakings acquired during the year are incorporated from the effective date of acquisition. Acquisitions are 
accounted for under the acquisition method, with consideration given and the assets and liabilities acquired being recorded at fair value.

Minority  interests  in  the  net  assets  of  consolidated  subsidiaries  are  identified  separately  from  the  group’s  equity  therein.  Minority  interests  consists 
of the amount of those interests at the date of the original business combination and the minority’s share of changes in equity since the date of the 
combination. Losses applicable to the minority in excess of the minority interest in the subsidiary’s equity are allocated against the interests of the group 
except to the extent that the minority has a binding obligation and is able to make an additional investment to cover the losses.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

55

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

1  Accounting policies continued
Foreign currencies
The  functional  and  presentation  currency  of  Euromoney  Institutional  Investor  PLC  and  its  UK  subsidiaries  is  sterling  (£).  The  functional  currency  of 
subsidiaries and associates is the currency of the primary economic environment in which they operate.

Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rates ruling at the balance sheet date.

The income statements of overseas operations are translated into sterling at the weighted average exchange rates for the year and their balance sheets 
are translated into sterling at the exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. All exchange differences arising on consolidation are taken to equity. In 
the event of the disposal of an operation, the related cumulative translation differences are recognised in the income statement in the period of disposal.

Gains and losses arising on foreign currency borrowings and derivative instruments, to the extent that they are used to provide a hedge against the 
group’s equity investments in overseas undertakings, are taken to equity together with the exchange difference arising on the net investment in those 
undertakings. All other exchange differences are taken to the income statement.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss.

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided on the straight-line basis over their expected useful lives at the following rates per year:

Freehold land 
Freehold buildings 
Long-term leasehold premises 
Short-term leasehold premises 
Office equipment 

  Motor vehicles 

do not depreciate
2%
over term of lease
over term of lease
11% – 33%
20%

All property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’ when there are indications that the 
carrying value may not be recoverable.

Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the net fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired. 

Goodwill is recognised as an asset at cost and subsequently measured at cost less accumulated impairment. For the purposes of impairment testing, 
goodwill is allocated to those cash generating units that have benefited from the acquisition. Assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there 
are separately identifiable cash flows. The carrying value of goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually or where there is an indication that 
goodwill may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash generating unit is less than its carrying amount, then the impairment loss is allocated 
first to reduce the carrying amount of the goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit on a pro rata basis. Any impairment 
is recognised immediately in the income statement and may not subsequently be reversed. On disposal of a subsidiary undertaking, the attributable 
amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit and loss on disposal.

Goodwill arising on foreign subsidiary investments held in the consolidated balance sheet are retranslated into sterling at the applicable period end 
exchange rates. Any exchange differences arising are taken directly to equity as part of the retranslation of the net assets of the subsidiary.

Goodwill  arising  on  acquisitions  before  the  date  of  transition  to  IFRS  has  been  retained  at  the  previous  UK  GAAP  amounts  having  been  tested  for 
impairment  at  that  date.  Goodwill  written  off  to  reserves  under  UK  GAAP  before  October  1  1998  has  not  been  reinstated  and  is  not  included  in 
determining any subsequent profit or loss on disposal.

56

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
1  Accounting policies continued
Other intangible assets
The group makes an assessment of the fair value of intangible assets arising on acquisitions. An intangible asset will be recognised as long as the asset 
is separable or arises from contractual or other legal rights, and its fair value can be measured reliably. 

Amortisation is charged so as to write off the costs of intangible assets over their estimated useful lives, using the straight-line or reducing balance 
method. 

All intangible assets are reviewed for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 ‘Impairment of assets’ when there are indications that the carrying value 
may not be recoverable.

The  costs  of  acquiring  and  developing  software  that  is  not  integral  to  the  related  hardware  is  capitalised  separately  as  an  intangible  asset.  These 
intangibles are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Amortisation
Amortisation of intangible assets is provided on a reducing balance basis or straight-line basis as appropriate over their expected useful lives at the 
following rates per year:

Brands 
Data provider contracts 
Customer relationships 
Licences and software 
Subscription contracts 

20 – 30 years
5 years
3 - 16 years
3 years
1 year

Business combinations achieved in stages 
Where  a  business  combination  is  achieved  by  more  than  one  exchange  transaction,  goodwill  is  calculated  separately  for  each  transaction  with  the 
appropriate share of the acquiree’s net assets based on the net fair values at the time of each exchange transaction. Any adjustment to an increase in 
fair values related to previously held interests is credited to the fair value reserve. A decrease in carrying amounts arising on the revaluation of such assets 
is charged as an expense to the income statement to the extent that it exceeds the balance held in the fair value reserve, if any, relating to a previous 
revaluation of that asset.

Purchases and sale of shares in a controlled entity 
Where the group’s interest in a controlled entity increases, which does not result in a change of control, the group calculates the goodwill arising as the 
difference between the cost of the additional interest acquired and the fair value of the group’s interest in the subsidiary’s net assets at the date of the 
change in interest. All of the assets and liabilities are fair valued at the date of acquisition of the additional controlling stake. 

Financial assets
Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised and carried at original invoice amount, less provision for impairment. A provision is made and charged to the income 
statement when there is objective evidence that the group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash, short-term deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months 
or less.

For the purpose of the group cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents are as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.

Financial liabilities and equity
Committed borrowings and bank overdrafts
Interest-bearing loans and overdrafts are recorded at the amounts received, net of direct issue costs. Direct issue costs are amortised over the period of 
the loans and overdrafts to which they relate. Finance charges, including premiums payable on settlement or redemption are charged to the income 
statement as incurred using the effective interest rate method and are added to the carrying value of the borrowings or overdraft to the extent they are 
not settled in the period which they arise.

Trade payables
Trade payables are not interest-bearing and are stated at their fair value.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

1  Accounting policies continued
Derivatives financial instruments
The group uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risks, including forward foreign 
currency contracts and interest rate swaps.

All derivative instruments are recorded in the balance sheet at fair value. The recognition of gains or losses on derivative instruments depends on whether 
the instrument is designated as a hedge and the type of exposure it is designed to hedge. 

The effective portion of gains or losses on cash flow hedges are deferred in equity until the impact from the hedged item is recognised in the income 
statement. The ineffective portion of such gains and losses is recognised in the income statement immediately. 

Gains  or  losses  on  the  qualifying  part  of  net  investment  hedges  are  recognised  in  equity  together  with  the  gains  and  losses  on  the  underlying  net 
investment. The ineffective portion of such gains and losses is recognised in the income statement immediately.

Changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the income statement as 
they arise.

The premium or discount on interest rate instruments is recognised as part of net interest payable over the period of the contract. Interest rate swaps 
are accounted for on an accruals basis.

Liabilities in respect of put option agreements
Liabilities for put options over the remaining minority interests in subsidiaries are recorded in the balance sheet at their estimated discounted present 
value. These discounts are unwound and charged to the income statement as notional interest over the period up to the date of the potential future 
payment. 

Taxation
Current tax, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax, is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax rates and laws that 
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred taxation is calculated under the provisions of IAS 12 ‘Income tax’ and is recognised on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities in the accounts and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability 
method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that 
it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. No provision is made for temporary 
differences on unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries or associates where the group has control and the reversal of the temporary difference is not 
foreseeable.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient 
taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised based on tax rates 
and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except 
when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when 
they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the group intends to settle its current assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Provisions
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is probable 
that economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a 
pre tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

58

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

1  Accounting policies continued
Pensions
Contributions to pension schemes in respect of current and past service, ex-gratia pensions, and cost of living adjustments to existing pensions are based 
on the advice of independent actuaries.

Payments to the Euromoney Pension Plan and the Metal Bulletin Group Personal Pension Plan, both defined contribution pension schemes, are charged 
as an expense as they fall due. 

The company operates the Metal Bulletin Pension Scheme, a defined benefit scheme. The cost of providing benefits is determined by triennial valuations 
using the attained age method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at each balance sheet date. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full 
in the period in which they occur. The retirement benefit obligation recognised in the balance sheet represents the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation as adjusted for unrecognised past service cost, and as reduced by the fair value of scheme assets.

The company also participates in the Harmsworth Pension Scheme, a defined benefit pension scheme which is operated by Daily Mail and General Trust 
plc. As there is no contractual agreement or stated policy for charging the net defined benefit cost for the plan as a whole to the individual entities, the 
company recognises an expense equal to its contributions payable in the period and does not recognise any unfunded liability of this pension scheme 
on its balance sheet.

Share-based payments
The  group  makes  share-based  payments  to  certain  employees.  These  payments  are  measured  at  their  estimated  fair  value  at  the  date  of 
grant,  calculated  using  an  appropriate  option  pricing  model.  The  fair  value  determined  at  the  grant  date  is  expensed  on  a  straight-line  basis 
over  the  vesting  period,  based  on  the  estimate  of  the  number  of  shares  that  will  eventually  vest.  At  the  period  end  the  vesting  assumptions 
are  revisited  and  the  charge  associated  with  the  fair  value  of  these  options  updated.  In  accordance  with  the  transitional  provisions  of 
IFRS 1, IFRS 2 ‘Share-based payments’ has been applied to all grants of options after November 7 2002, that were unvested at October 1 2004, the date 
of transition to IFRS.

For cash settled share-based payments a liability equal to the portion of the services received is recognised at the current fair value as determined at 
each balance sheet date.

Revenue
Revenue represents income from advertising, subscriptions, sponsorship and delegate fees, net of value added tax. 

y  Advertising revenues are recognised in the income statement on the date of publication.
y  Subscription revenues are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the subscription.
y  Sponsorship and delegate revenues are recognised in the income statement over the period the event is run.

Revenues invoiced but relating to future periods are deferred and treated as deferred income in the balance sheet.

Leased assets
Operating lease rentals are charged to the income statement on a straight-line or other systematic basis as allowed by IAS 17 ‘Leases’.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are approved by the company’s shareholders. Interim dividends are recorded in the 
period in which they are paid.

Own shares held by Employees’ Share Ownership Trust
Transactions of the group-sponsored trust are included in the group financial statements. In particular, the trust’s holdings of shares in the company are 
debited direct to equity.

Earnings per share
The  earnings  per  share  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  calculations  follow  the  provisions  of  IAS  33  ‘Earnings  per  share’.  The  diluted 
earnings  per  share  figure  is  calculated  by  adjusting  for  the  dilution  effect  of  the  exercise  of  all  ordinary  share  options,  SAYE  options  and 
the  Capital  Appreciation  Plan  options  granted  by  the  company,  but  excluding  the  ordinary  shares  held  by  the  Euromoney  Employees’  Share 
Ownership Trust.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are items of income or expense considered by the directors, either individually or if of a similar type in aggregate, as being either 
material or significant and which require disclosure in order to provide a view of the group’s results excluding these items.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

59

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

2  Key judgemental areas adopted in preparing these accounts
The group prepares its group financial statements in accordance with IFRS, the application of which often requires judgements to be made by management 
when formulating the group’s financial position and results. Under IFRS, the directors are required to adopt those accounting policies most appropriate to 
the group’s circumstances for the purpose of presenting fairly the group’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows.

In determining and applying accounting policies, judgement is often required in respect of items where the choice of specific policy, accounting estimate 
or assumption to be followed could materially affect the reported results or net asset position of the group should it later be determined that a different 
choice would have been more appropriate. 

Management  considers  the  accounting  estimates  and  assumptions  discussed  below  to  be  its  key  judgemental  areas  and,  accordingly,  provides  an 
explanation of each below. Management has discussed its critical accounting estimates and associated disclosures with the group’s audit committee. 

The discussion below should also be read in conjunction with the group’s disclosure of IFRS accounting policies, which is provided in note 1. 

Acquisitions
The  group’s  accounting  policy  is  that  on  acquisition  of  a  subsidiary  or  business,  the  purchase  consideration  is  allocated  over  the  net  fair  value  of 
identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired, with any excess purchase consideration representing goodwill.

Fair value
Determining  the  fair  value  of  assets,  liabilities  and  contingent  liabilities  acquired  requires  management’s  judgement  and  often  involves  the  use  of 
significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash flows, recoverability of assets, and unprovided liabilities and 
commitments particularly in relation to tax and VAT.

Intangible assets
The group makes an assessment of the fair value of intangible assets arising on acquisitions. An intangible asset will be recognised as long as the asset 
is separable or arises from contractual or other legal rights, and its fair value can be measured reliably.

The measurement of the fair value of intangible assets acquired requires significant management judgement particularly in relation to the expected future 
cash flows from the acquired marketing databases (which are generally based on managements’ estimate of marketing response rates), trademarks, 
brands, repeat and well established events. At September 30 2009 the net book value of intangible assets was £134.0 million (2008: £135.1 million).

Goodwill
Goodwill is recognised as an asset at cost and subsequently measured at cost less accumulated impairment. For the purposes of impairment testing, 
goodwill is allocated to those cash generating units that have benefited from the acquisition. The carrying value of goodwill is reviewed for impairment 
at least annually or where there is an indication that goodwill may be impaired.

Goodwill is impaired where the carrying value of goodwill is higher than the net present value of future cash flows of those cash generating units to 
which it relates. Key areas of judgement in calculating the net present value are the forecast cash flows, the long-term growth rate of the applicable 
businesses and the discount rate applied to those cash flows. During the year the group recognised a goodwill impairment of £21.9 million (2008: £3.0 
million) (note 5) and a reduction in goodwill arising from a deferred tax adjustment of £nil (2008: £2.8 million) (note 5). Goodwill held on the balance 
sheet at September 30 2009 was £291.3 million (2008: £272.1 million). 

Acquisition option commitments
The group is party to a number of put and call options over the remaining minority interests in some of its subsidiaries. IAS 39 requires the discounted 
present value of these acquisition option commitments to be recognised as a liability on the balance sheet with a corresponding decrease in reserves. 
The discounts are unwound as a notional interest charge to the income statement. Key areas of judgement in calculating the discounted present value 
of the options are the expected future cash flows and earnings of the business, the period remaining until the option is exercised and the discount rate. 
At September 30 2009 the discounted present value of these acquisition option commitments was £11.9 million (2008: £29.8 million).

Share-based payments
The group makes share-based payments to certain employees. These payments are measured at their estimated fair value at the date of grant, calculated 
using an appropriate option pricing model. The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, 
based on the estimate of the number of shares that will eventually vest. The key assumptions used in calculating the fair value of the options are the 
discount rate, the group’s share price volatility, dividend yield, risk free rate of return, and expected option lives. These assumptions are set out in note 
23. Management regularly perform a true-up of the estimate of the number of shares that are expected to vest, which is dependent on the anticipated 
number of leavers. 

The charge for share-based payments for the year ended September 30 2009 is £2.7 million (2008: £5.4 million).

Defined benefit pension scheme
The surplus or deficit in the defined benefit pension scheme that is recognised through the statement of recognised income and expense is subject to a 
number of assumptions and uncertainties. The calculated liabilities of the scheme are based on assumptions regarding salary increases, inflation rates, 
discount rates, the long-term expected return on the scheme’s assets and member longevity. Details of the assumptions used are shown in note 27. Such 
assumptions are based on actuarial advice and are benchmarked against similar pension schemes.

60

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

2  Key judgemental areas adopted in preparing these accounts continued
Taxation
The group’s tax charge on ordinary activities is the sum of the total current and deferred tax charges. The calculation of the group’s total tax charge 
necessarily involves a degree of estimation and judgement in respect of certain items whose tax treatment cannot be finally determined until resolution 
has been reached with the relevant tax authority or, as appropriate, through a formal legal process. The final resolution of some of these items may give 
rise to material profit and loss and/or cash flow variances.

The group is a multi-national group with tax affairs in many geographical locations. This inherently leads to a higher than usual complexity to the group’s 
tax structure and makes the degree of estimation and judgement more challenging. The resolution of issues is not always within the control of the group 
and it is often dependent on the efficiency of the legislative processes in the relevant taxing jurisdictions in which the group operates. Issues can, and 
often do, take many years to resolve. Payments in respect of tax liabilities for an accounting period result from payments on account and on the final 
resolution of open items. As a result, there can be substantial differences between the tax charge in the income statement and tax payments.

The group has certain significant open items in several tax jurisdictions and as a result the amounts recognised in the group financial statements in 
respect of these items are derived from the group’s best estimation and judgement, as described above. However, the inherent uncertainty regarding the 
outcome of these items means eventual resolution could differ from the accounting estimates and therefore affect the group’s results and cash flows.

Recognition of deferred tax assets
The  recognition  of  net  deferred  tax  assets  is  based  upon  whether  it  is  probable  that  sufficient  and  suitable  taxable  profits  will  be  available  in  the 
future, against which the reversal of temporary differences can be deducted. Recognition, therefore, involves judgement regarding the future financial 
performance of the particular legal entity or tax group in which the deferred tax asset has been recognised. 

Historical differences between forecast and actual taxable profits have not resulted in material adjustments to the recognition of deferred tax assets. At 
September 30 2009, the group had a deferred tax asset of £18.5 million (2008: £16.5 million).

Treasury
Interest rate exposure
Interest rate swaps and caps are used to manage the group’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on its floating rate borrowings. The maturity profile 
of these derivatives is matched with the expected future debt profile of the group. The group’s policy is to fix the interest rates on approximately 80% of 
its term debt looking forward over five years. The expected future debt profile of the group is based on estimates of both timings and size of future, as 
yet unknown, acquisitions offset by an estimate of the cash generated by the group over a five year period. If management materially underestimate the 
group’s future debt profile this would lead to too few interest rate instruments being in place and the group more exposed to swings in interest rates. An 
overestimate of the group’s future debt profile would lead to associated costs in unwinding the excess interest rate instruments. At September 30 2009, 
the fair value of the group’s interest rate swaps was a liability of £7.6 million (2008: £2.9 million).

Forward contracts
The group is exposed to foreign exchange risk in the form of transactions in foreign currencies entered into by group companies and by the translation 
of the results of foreign subsidiaries into sterling for reporting purposes. 

The group does not hedge the translation of the results of foreign subsidiaries, consequently, fluctuations in the value of pounds sterling versus currencies 
could materially affect the amount of these items in the consolidated financial statements, even if their values have not changed in their original currency. 
The group does endeavour to match foreign currency borrowings to investments in order to provide a natural hedge for the translation of the net assets 
of overseas subsidiaries.

Approximately  two-thirds  of  the  group’s  revenues  are  in  US  dollars.  Subsidiaries  normally  do  not  hedge  transactions  in  foreign  currencies  into  the 
functional currency of their own operations. However, at a group level a series of US dollar forward contracts is put in place up to 18 months forward 
partially to hedge its dollar revenues into sterling. The timing and value of these forward contracts is based on managements estimate of its future US 
dollar revenues over a 18 month period. If management materially underestimated the group’s future US dollar revenues this would lead to too few 
forward contracts being in place and the group being more exposed to swings in US dollar to sterling exchange rates. An overestimate of the group’s US 
dollar revenue would lead to associated costs in unwinding the excess forward contracts. At September 30 2009, the fair value of the group’s forward 
contracts was a liability of £15.8 million (2008: £10.9 million) and the foreign exchange loss on restructured hedging arrangements from unwinding 
excess forward contracts was £7.9 million (2008: £nil) (note 7).

Details of the financial instruments used are set out in note 18 to the accounts.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

61

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

3  Segmental analysis
Primary reporting format
Segmental information is presented in respect of the group’s business divisions and reflects the group’s management and internal reporting structure. 
The group is organised into five business divisions: Financial publishing; Business publishing; Training; Conferences and seminars; and Databases and 
information services. This is considered to be the primary reporting format. Financial publishing and Business publishing consist primarily of advertising 
and subscription revenue. The Training division consists primarily of delegate revenue. Conferences and seminars consists of both sponsorship income 
and delegate revenue. Databases and information services consists of subscription revenue. A breakdown of the group’s revenue by type is set out below. 

Secondary reporting format
The group divides the operation of its businesses across three main geographical areas: United Kingdom; North America; and Rest of World (which 
primarily includes Asia). These geographical areas are considered as the secondary reporting format.

Inter segment sales are charged at prevailing market rates and shown in the eliminations columns below.

Revenue 
by division and source: 
Financial publishing 
Business publishing 
Training 
Conferences and seminars 
Databases and information services 
Sold/closed businesses 
Corporate revenue 
Foreign exchange losses on 
forward contracts 

United Kingdom 
2008 
£000’s 

2009 
£000’s 

North America 
2008 
2009 
£000’s 
£000’s 

Rest of World 
2009 
£000’s 

2008 
£000’s 

Eliminations 
2009 
£000’s 

2008 
£000’s 

Total

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

 43,330  
 42,765  
 19,038  
 28,584  
 10,185  
 –  
 1,625  

 49,217  
 40,361  
 27,078  
 31,511  
 7,529  
 47  
 1,665  

 34,892  
 14,601  
 8,838  
 33,379  
 54,707  
 –  
 331  

 36,401  
 12,598  
 10,581  
 38,386  
 40,733  
 –  
 299  

 1,856  
 1,760  
 4,180  
 12,918  
 22,589  
 –  
 2  

 1,956  
 1,963  
 3,553  
 18,147  
 17,867  
 –  
 2  

(4,718)  
(2,798)  
(374)  
(30)  
 –  
 –  
(1,958)  

(3,415)    75,360  
(1,834)    56,328  
(460)    31,682  
(145)    74,851  
(2)    87,481  
 –  
(8)  
 –  
(1,966)  

 84,159 
 53,088 
 40,752 
 87,899 
 66,127 
 39 
 – 

 (8,108) 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 (8,108) 

 – 

Total revenue 

 137,419   157,408   146,748   138,998  

 43,305  

 43,488  

(9,878)  

(7,830)   317,594   332,064 

Revenue by type: 
Subscriptions 
Advertising 
Sponsorship 
Delegates 
Other 
Sold/closed businesses 
Foreign exchange losses on forward contracts 

Total revenue 
Investment income (note 7) 

Total revenue and investment income 

Revenue 
by destination: 
Sale of goods 
Sale of services 
Sold/closed businesses  
Foreign exchange losses on 
forward contracts 

Total revenue 
Investment income (note 7) 

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

   152,305   123,067 
 66,504 
 45,813 
 86,350 
 10,291 
 39 
 – 

 54,817  
 38,454  
 69,588  
 10,538  
 –  
(8,108)  

   317,594   332,064 
 597 

 246  

   317,840   332,661 

United Kingdom 
2008 
£000’s 

2009 
£000’s 

North America 
2008 
2009 
£000’s 
£000’s 

Rest of World 
2009 
£000’s 

2008 
£000’s 

Eliminations 
2009 
£000’s 

2008 
£000’s 

Total

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

 48,035  
 11,216  
 –  

 52,893   88,568   85,650  
 47,942  
 42,719  
 –  
 –  

 8,884  
 47  

 91,392   71,308  
 73,170  
 53,650  
 –  
 –  

(8,826)  
(1,052)  
 –  

(6,477)   219,169   203,374 
(1,345)   106,533   128,651 
 39 

(8)  

 –  

 (8,108) 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

 (8,108) 

 – 

 51,143  
 31  

 61,824   131,287   133,592   145,042   144,478  
 32  

 213  

 106  

 459  

 2  

(9,878)  
 –  

(7,830)   317,594   332,064 
 597 

 246  

 –  

Total revenue and investment income 

 51,174  

 62,283   131,289   133,698   145,255   144,510  

(9,878)  

(7,830)   317,840   332,661

62

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3  Segmental analysis continued

Operating profit1 
by division and source: 
Financial publishing 
Business publishing 
Training 
Conferences and seminars 
Databases and information services 
Sold/closed businesses 
Unallocated corporate costs 

United Kingdom 
2008 
£000’s 

2009 
£000’s 

North America 
2008 
2009 
£000’s 
£000’s 

Rest of World 
2008 
2009 
£000’s 
£000’s 

Total

2009 
£000’s 

2008
 £000’s 

 15,436  
 18,614  
 3,838  
 7,832  
 6,629  
(45)  

 18,573  
 15,467  
 7,720  
 9,067  
 4,595  
 81  
(25,122)   (24,132)  

 4,682  
 4,351  
 1,164  
 8,532  
 24,990  
 –  
 3,391  

 5,644  
 3,402  
 1,838  
 10,718  
 14,032  
 –  
 5,675  

 212  
 412  
 1,229  
(505)  
 4,602  
 –  
(795)  

 287  
 527  
 883  
 3,263  
 2,479  
 –  

 20,330  
 23,377  
 6,231  
 15,859  
 36,221  
(45)  

 24,504 
 19,396 
 10,441 
 23,048 
 21,106 
 81 
 1,189   (22,526)   (17,268) 

Operating profit before acquired intangible amortisation, 
share option expense and exceptional items 
Acquired intangible amortisation2 
Share option expense 
Exceptional items (note 5) 

 27,182  
(5,474)  
(2,042)  
(595)  

 47,110  
 31,371  
(8,913)  
(4,396)  
(3,538)  
(504)  
 2,306   (25,813)  

 41,309  
(7,107)  
(1,555)  
(4,783)  

 5,155  
(1,504)  
(151)  
(7,493)  

 8,628  
 81,308 
 79,447  
(1,246)   (15,891)   (12,749) 
(5,361) 
(2,697)  
(2,477) 
 –   (33,901)  

(268)  

Operating profit before associates 

 19,071  

 25,743  

 11,880  

 27,864  

(3,993)  

 7,114  

 26,958  

 60,721 

Share of results in associates 
Net finance costs (note 7) 

(Loss)/profit before tax 
Tax credit (note 8) 

(Loss)/profit after tax 

 219  

 308 
(44,538)   (23,603) 

(17,361)    37,426 
 7,279 
 10,412  

(6,949)    44,705

Acquired intangible amortisation of £15,891,000 (2008: £12,749,000) can be allocated as follows: Financial publishing £638,000 (2008: £1,267,000); 
Business  publishing  £5,203,000  (2008:  £3,395,000);  Conferences  and  seminars  £478,000  (2008:  £291,000);  Databases  and  information  services 
£9,430,000 (2008: £7,647,000); Unallocated corporate costs £142,000 (2008: £149,000).

Share  option  expense  of  £2,697,000  (2008:  £5,361,000)  can  be  allocated  as  follows:  Financial  publishing  £798,000  (2008:  £1,320,000);  Business 
publishing £365,000 (2008: £603,000); Training £679,000 (2008: £1,122,000); Conferences and seminars £396,000 (2008: £655,000); Databases and 
information services income £41,000 (2008: expense £805,000); Unallocated corporate costs £500,000 (2008: £856,000).

The exceptional loss of £33,901,000 (2008: £2,477,000) can be allocated as follows: Financial publishing £1,120,000 (2008: £nil); Business publishing 
£241,000 (2008: gain £475,000); Training £71,000 (2008: £nil); Conferences and seminars £23,697,000 (2008: £2,952,000); Databases and information 
services £1,181,000 (2008: £nil); Unallocated corporate costs £7,591,000 (2008: £nil). 

1  Operating profit before acquired intangible amortisation, share option expense and exceptional items (refer to the appendix to the Chairman’s Statement).
2  Acquired  intangible  amortisation  represents  amortisation  on  acquisition  related  non-goodwill  assets  such  as  brands,  databases,  customer  relationships

and trademarks.

Financial 

Business 
  publishing  publishing 
£000’s 

£000’s 

Training 
£000’s 

seminars 
£000’s 

Closed 
services  businesses 
£000’s 

£000’s 

 Conferences 

  Databases 
and 
and information 

Non-
  operating
assets/
(liabilities) 
£000’s 

Total
£000’s

Net assets/(liabilities) by division: 
As at September 30 2009 
Assets 
Liabilities 

 59,082  
(93,430)  

 56,920  
(83,972)  

 17,947  
(33,821)  

 52,165  
(95,173)  

 298,164  
(85,026)  

 4,796  
(7,098)  

 54,001  
(39,564)  

 543,075 
(438,084) 

Net assets/(liabilities) 

(34,348)  

(27,052)  

(15,874)  

(43,008)  

 213,138  

(2,302)  

 14,437  

 104,991 

Capital expenditure (excluding intangibles)   
Depreciation (excluding intangibles) 
Exceptional depreciation 
Amortisation 
Impairment losses 
Acquisition option commitments 

(2)  
(30)  
(167)  
(639)  
 –  
(1,710)  

(4)  
(32)  
– 

(5,347)  
 –  
(5,646)  

(18)  
(33)  
– 
(478)  
 –  
 –  

(126)  
(85)  
(84)  
(3)  
(23,164)  
(1,354)  

(288)  
(405)  
(28)  
(9,569)  
 –  
(3,233)  

 –  
 –  
 –  
(4)  
 –  
 –  

(822)  
(1,959)  
(931)  
(107)  
 –  
 –  

(1,260) 
(2,544) 
(1,210) 
(16,147) 
(23,164) 
(11,943)

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

63

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

3  Segmental analysis continued
Net assets/(liabilities) by division continued 

Financial 

Business 
  publishing  publishing 
£000’s 

£000’s 

  Conferences 
and 
seminars 
£000’s 

Training 
£000’s 

  Databases 
and 
information 

Closed 
services  businesses 
£000’s 
£000’s 

Non-
operating
assets/
(liabilities) 
£000’s 

Total
£000’s

Net assets/(liabilities) by division: 
As at September 30 2008 
Assets 
Liabilities 

 111,251  
(139,510)  

 85,587  
(108,996)  

 54,400  
(60,080)  

 79,688  
(101,687)  

 307,000  
(111,786)  

 5,057  
(3,801)  

 55,416  
(84,475)  

 698,399 
(610,335) 

Net assets/(liabilities) 

(28,259)  

(23,409)  

(5,680)  

(21,999)  

 195,214  

 1,256  

(29,059)  

 88,064 

Capital expenditure (excluding intangibles)   
Depreciation (excluding intangibles) 
Amortisation 
Impairment losses 
Acquisition option commitments 

(4)  
(28)  
(1,270)  
 –  
(3,628)  

(24)  
(34)  
(3,548)  
(2,784)  
(9,535)  

(5)  
(22)  
 –  
 –  
 –  

(53)  
(77)  
(291)  
(2,952)  
(7,952)  

(496)  
(696)  
(7,726)  
 –  
(8,733)  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

(3,658)  
(1,902)  
(121)  
 –  
 –  

(4,240) 
(2,759) 
(12,956) 
(5,736) 
(29,848) 

Non-operating assets and liabilities principally include deferred tax, corporation tax, external bank loans, loans to and from DMGT, dividends receivable, 
deferred consideration and acquisition option commitments.

Net assets/(liabilities) 
by location: 
Assets 
Liabilities 

Net assets/(liabilities) 

United Kingdom 
2008 
2009 
£000’s 
£000’s 

North America 
2009 
£000’s 

2008 
£000’s 

Rest of World 

Total

2009 
£000’s 

2008 
£000’s 

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

189,579 
 (238,834) 

306,649 
 (332,795) 

326,972 
 (152,867) 

356,495 
 (223,882) 

26,524 
 (46,383) 

35,255 
 (53,658) 

543,075 
 (438,084) 

698,399
 (610,335)

 (49,255) 

 (26,146) 

174,105 

132,613 

 (19,859) 

 (18,403) 

104,991 

88,064

Capital expenditure by location 

554 

3,111 

438 

637 

268 

492 

1,260 

4,240

64

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4  Operating profit 

Revenue 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 
Distribution costs 
Administrative expenses 

Operating profit before associates 

Total  
2009 
£000’s 

 317,594  
 (89,161) 

 228,433  
 (4,836) 
 (196,639) 

Total 
2008
£000’s

 332,064 
 (102,648)

 229,416 
 (5,938)
 (162,757)

 26,958  

 60,721 

Administrative  expenses  include  a  profit  on  sale  of  property  of  £nil  (2008:  £1,670,000),  profit  on  disposal  of  long-term  investment  of  £nil 
(2008: £1,589,000), reduction in goodwill arising from a deferred tax adjustment of £nil (2008: £2,784,000), goodwill and intangible impairment of 
£23,164,000 (2008: £2,952,000) and restructuring and other costs of £10,737,000 (2008: £nil) (note 5). 

 Operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting): 

Staff costs (note 6) 
Intangible amortisation 

Acquired intangible amortisation 
Licenses and software 

Goodwill and intangible impairment (note 5) 
Reduction in goodwill arising from a deferred tax adjustment   
Depreciation of property plant and equipment 
Exceptional depreciation of property plant and equipment 
Auditors’ remuneration: 

Group audit 
Non-audit 

Property operating lease rentals 
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment 
Exceptional profit on sale of property (note 5) 
Restructuring and other costs (note 5) 
Foreign exchange loss/(gain) 
Impairment loss recognised on trade receivables 
Reversal of impairment loss recognised on trade receivables 

Audit and non-audit services relate to: 

Fees payable for the audit of the company’s annual accounts   
Fees payable for other services to the group  

The audit of subsidiaries pursuant to local legislation 

Total audit fees 

Other audit services 

Tax services 
Other services 

Total non-audit fees 

In addition to the above amounts, non-audit fees of £nil (2008: £76,000) were capitalised in respect of acquisitions.

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

 113,907  

 115,326 

 15,891  
 256  
 23,164  
 –  
2,544  
1,210  

 739  
 140  
 6,662  
 125  
 –  
 10,737  
 1,108  
 4,684  
 (1,295) 

2009 
£000’s 

486  

 253  

 739  

 105  
 35  

 140  

 12,749 
 207 
 2,952 
 2,784 
 2,759 
 – 

 830 
 215 
 6,035 
 8 
 (1,670)
 – 
 (979)
 3,662 
 (758)

2008
£000’s

 593 

 237 

 830 

 186 
 29 

 215 

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

5  Exceptional items
Exceptional items are items of income or expense considered by the directors, either individually or if of a similar type in aggregate, as being either material 
or significant and which require disclosure in order to provide a view of the group’s results excluding these items.

Profit on sale of property 
Profit on disposal of long-term investment 
Reduction in goodwill arising from a deferred tax adjustment (note 11) 
Goodwill and intangible asset impairment (note 11) 
Restructuring and other costs 

2009 
£000’s 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 (23,164) 
 (10,737) 

 (33,901) 

2008
£000’s

 1,670 
 1,589 
 (2,784)
 (2,952)
 – 

 (2,477)

The group has reviewed the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets and as a result has impaired capitalised goodwill and intangible assets, 
mostly in connection with the group’s US-based structured finance event businesses and its Asia-based conference organiser and training business, by 
£23,164,000 (2008: £2,952,000) with a corresponding tax credit of £6,374,000 (2008: £nil).

During the year, in response to tough trading conditions, the directors have restructured the group’s operations resulting in the rationalisation of its 
property  portfolio  (exceptional  cost  of  £3,715,000),  a  reduction  in  group  headcount  (exceptional  cost  of  £3,371,000),  and  other  exceptional  costs 
(£3,651,000) giving rise to total exceptional restructuring and other costs of £10,737,000 (£2008: £nil) and a related tax credit of £4,138,000 (2008: 
£nil).

6  Staff costs
(i) Directors’ emoluments

The emoluments of the directors of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC were as follows: 
Directors’ salaries and fees, benefits in kind and profit shares   
Pension contributions (excluding waiver of profit shares) 

Details of directors’ remuneration are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 34 to 48. 

(ii) Number of staff (including directors and temporary staff) 

By business segment: 
Financial publishing 
Business publishing 
Training 
Conferences and seminars 
Databases and information services 
Central 

By geographical location:
United Kingdom 
North America 
Rest of World 

(iii) Staff costs (including directors and temporary staff)   

Salaries, wages and incentives 
Social security costs 
Pension contributions 
Share-based compensation costs 

66

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

2009 
£000’s 

 10,346  
 110  

 10,456  

2008
£000’s

 13,177 
 100 

 13,277 

2009 
Average  

2008
Average 

 410  
 260  
 132  
 365  
 705  
 338  

 485 
 267 
 161 
 433 
 669 
 347 

 2,210  

 2,362 

2009 
Average  

2008
Average 

 766  
 682  
 762  

 839 
 774 
 749 

 2,210  

 2,362 

2009 
£000’s 

 101,104  
 7,755  
 2,351  
 2,697  

2008
£000’s

 99,221 
 9,041 
 1,703 
 5,361 

 113,907  

 115,326

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7 

Finance income and expense 

Finance income 
Interest income: 

 Interest receivable from DMGT group undertakings 
Interest receivable from short-term investments 
Expected return on pension scheme assets  

Fair value gains on financial instruments: 
Ineffectiveness of interest rate swaps 

Finance expense 
Interest expense: 

Interest payable on committed borrowings  
Interest payable to DMGT group undertakings 
Interest payable on loan notes 
Interest on pension scheme liabilities 
Foreign exchange loss on restructured hedging arrangements 
Net movements in acquisition option commitment values 
Imputed interest on acquisition option commitments 
Interest on tax underpaid 

Foreign exchange loss on tax equalisation contracts 
Other gains on tax equalisation contracts   

Net loss on tax equalisation contracts 
Fair value losses on financial instruments: 
Ineffectiveness of interest rate swaps 

Net finance costs 

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

 654  
 246  
 1,162  

 219  

 2,281  

 (12,297) 
 (1,294) 
 (197) 
 (1,189) 
 (7,863) 
 (2,202) 
 (638) 
 (1,364) 

 (19,854) 
 79  

 (19,775) 

 3,825 
 597 
 1,172 

 – 

 5,594 

 (12,252)
(3,825)
 (478)
 (1,150)
 – 
 (1,730)
 (995)
 – 

 (11,966)
 3,426 

 (8,540)

 –  

 (227)

 (46,819) 

 (29,197)

 (44,538) 

 (23,603)

The  foreign  exchange  loss  on  tax  equalisation  contracts  of  £19,854,000  (2008:  £11,966,000)  relates  to  foreign  exchange  losses  on  hedges  on 
intra-group financing. This foreign exchange loss is matched by an equal and opposite tax credit so that there is no financial impact on earnings per 
share. The foreign exchange loss and the tax credit are excluded from underlying profit and the underlying tax expense (note 8).

The foreign exchange losses on restructured hedging arrangements of £7,863,000 (2008: £nil) arise from forward contracts classified as ineffective under 
IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments’ following the directors’ review of the group’s US dollar revenue capacity in its UK-based businesses. 

Reconciliation of net finance costs in income statement to underlying net finance costs 

Total net finance costs in the income statement 

Add back: 

Foreign exchange losses on restructured hedging arrangements 
Net movements in acquisition option commitment values 
Imputed interest on acquisition option commitments  
Foreign exchange loss on tax equalisation contracts 

Underlying net finance costs 

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

 (44,538) 

 (23,603)

 7,863  
 2,202  
 638  
 19,854  

 30,557  

 (13,981) 

 – 
 1,730 
 995 
 11,966 

 14,691 

 (8,912)

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

8  Tax on (loss)/profit on ordinary activities 

Current tax (credit)/expense 
UK corporation tax expense 
Foreign tax (credit)/expense 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 

Deferred tax (credit)/expense 
Current year 
Adjustments in respect of prior years 

Total tax credit in income statement 

2009 
£000’s 

 340  
 (3,016) 
 550  

 (2,126) 

 (10,446) 
 2,160  

2008
£000’s

 860 
 5,265 
 (2,234)

 3,891 

 (9,858)
 (1,312)

 (8,286) 

 (11,170)

 (10,412) 

 (7,279)

The effective tax rate for the year is a credit of 60% (2008: credit of 19%). The underlying tax rate for 2009 is 27% (2008: 27%) as set out below: 

Reconciliation of tax credit in income statement to underlying tax expense 
Total tax credit in income statement 

Add back: 

Tax on intangible amortisation 
Tax on exceptional items 
Tax on acquisition option commitments 
Tax credit on foreign exchange loss on tax equalisation swap 
Tax on foreign exchange losses on restructured hedging arrangements 
Tax on US goodwill amortisation 
Tax adjustments in respect of prior years 
Deferred tax asset recognition 

Underlying tax expense 

Underlying profit before tax (refer to the appendix to the Chairman’s Statement) 
Underlying effective tax rate 

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

 (10,412) 

 (7,279)

 4,684  
 10,512  
 (2,503) 
 19,854  
 2,202  
 (4,567) 
 (2,710) 
 –  

 27,472  

 17,060  

 62,988  
27% 

 6,950 
 1,181 
 – 
 11,966 
 – 
 (3,376)
 3,546 
 5,358 

 25,625 

 18,346 

 67,343 
27%

Following a reassessment of the recoverability of the potential deferred tax asset on overseas tax losses and other short-term timing differences, an 
additional asset of £nil (2008: £5,358,000) has been recognised.

A credit of £19,854,000 (2008: £11,966,000) relating to tax on foreign exchange losses has been treated as exceptional as it is hedged by £19,854,000 
(2008: £11,966,000) of foreign exchange losses on tax equalisation contracts included within net finance costs (note 7).

The group presents the above underlying effective tax rate to help users of this report better understand its tax charge. In arriving at this rate, the 
group removes the tax effect of items which are adjusted for in arriving at the underlying profit disclosed in the appendix to the Chairman’s Statement. 
However, the current tax effect of goodwill and intangible items is not removed. The group considers that the resulting underlying effective tax rate is 
more representative of its tax payable position, as the deferred tax effect of the goodwill and intangible items is not expected to crystallise. 

68

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8  Tax on (loss)/profit on ordinary activities continued 
The actual tax credit for the year is different from 28% of (loss)/profit before tax for the reasons set out in the following reconciliation:   

(Loss)/profit before tax 

Tax at 28% (2008: 29%) 
Factors affecting tax charge: 

Rates of tax on overseas profits 
Associate income reported net of tax 
US State taxes 
Goodwill and intangibles 
Disallowable expenditure 
Tax effects of intra-group transactions eliminated on consolidation 
Reversal of deferred tax asset on exercise of acquisition put options 
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses 
Recognition of previously unrecognised deferred tax 
Gains on disposal covered by brought forward losses 
Deferred tax credit arising from changes in tax laws 
Prior year adjustments 

Total tax credit for the year 

9  Dividends

Amounts recognisable as distributable to equity holders in period 
Final dividend for the year ended September 30 2008 of 13.00p (2007: 13.00p)  
Interim dividend for year ended September 30 2009 of 6.25p (2008: 6.25p) 

Employees’ Share Ownership Trust dividend   

Proposed final dividend for the year ended September 30 
Employees’ Share Ownership Trust dividend   

2009 
£000’s 

 (17,361) 

 (4,861) 

 (1,307) 
 (61) 
 1,281  
 2,024  
1,594  
 (14,295) 
 2,503  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 2,710  

 (10,412) 

2009 
£000’s 

 13,697  
6,971  

 20,668  
(11)  

 20,657  

 8,816  
 (5) 

 8,811  

2008
£000’s

 37,426 

 10,854 

 224 
 (89)
 1,134 
 (69)
 2,559 
 (8,567)
 – 
 (2,855)
 (2,503)
 (960)
 (3,461)
 (3,546)

 (7,279)

2008
£000’s

 13,388 
 6,573 

 19,961 
 (11)

 19,950 

 13,689 
 (8)

 13,681

The  proposed  final  dividend  of  7.75p  (2008:  13.00p)  is  subject  to  approval  at  the  Annual  General  Meeting  on  January  21  2010  and  has  not  been 
included as a liability in these financial statements in accordance with IAS 10 ‘Events after the balance sheet date’.

The directors have resolved to offer the scrip dividend alternative, as approved by shareholders on January 28 2009, to the final dividend payment. Full 
details of the scrip dividend alternative can be found in the shareholders’ circular sent to shareholders in December 2009 and on the company’s website.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

10  (Loss)/earnings per share

(Loss)/earnings attributable to equity holders of the parent 
Less earnings from discontinued operations   

Basic (loss)/earnings – continuing operations 

Acquired intangible amortisation 
Exceptional items 
Imputed interest on acquisition option commitments 
Net movements in acquisition option commitment values 
Foreign exchange loss on restructured hedging arrangements   
Tax on above adjustments 
Tax deduction on US goodwill 
Tax adjustment in respect of prior years 
Deferred tax assets recognition 

Adjusted earnings 

Weighted average number of shares 
Shares held by the Employees’ Share Ownership Trust 

Effect of dilutive share options 

Diluted weighted average number of shares 

Basic (loss)/earnings per share – continuing operations 
Effect of dilutive share options 

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share – continuing operations 
Effect of acquired intangible amortisation 
Effect of exceptional items 
Effect of imputed interest on acquisition option commitments  
Effect of net movements in acquisition option commitment values 
Effect of foreign exchange loss on restructured hedging arrangements 
Effect of tax on the above adjustments 
Effect of tax deduction on US goodwill 
Effect of tax adjustment in respect of prior years 
Effect of deferred tax assets recognition 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

Basic (loss)/earnings per share – continuing and discontinued operations  
Effect of dilutive share options 

Diluted (loss)/earnings per share – continuing and discontinued operations 

2009 
£000’s 

 (6,287) 
(1,207) 

 (7,494) 

 15,891  
 33,901  
 638  
2,202  
 7,863  
 (14,895) 
 4,567  
 2,710  
 –  

 45,383  

 Number  
 000’s  

 109,750  
 (59) 

 109,691  
 2,682  

2008
£000’s

 43,719 
 (245)

 43,474 

 12,749 
 2,477 
 995 
 1,730 
 – 
 (8,131)
 3,376 
 (3,546)
 (5,358)

 47,766 

 Number 
 000’s 

 104,348 
 (59)

 104,289 
 3,398 

 112,373  

 107,687 

 Pence per 
share  

Pence per
 share 

 (6.83) 
 0.16  

 (6.67) 
 14.14  
 30.17  
 0.57  
 1.96  
 7.00  
 (13.25) 
 4.06  
 2.41  
 –  

 40.39  

 (5.73) 
 0.14  

 (5.59) 

 41.69 
 (1.32)

 40.37 
 11.84 
 2.30 
 0.92 
 1.61 
 – 
 (7.55)
 3.14 
 (3.29)
 (4.98)

 44.36 

 41.92 
 (1.32)

 40.60 

The adjusted diluted earnings per share figure has been disclosed since the directors consider it to give a more meaningful indication of the underlying 
trading performance.

70

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11  Goodwill and other intangibles 

Cost/carrying amount 
At October 1 
Additions 
Acquisitions (note 14) 
Disposals 
Exchange differences 

At September 30 

Amortisation and impairment 
At October 1 
Amortisation charge for the year 
Impairment losses 
Reduction in goodwill arising 
from a deferred tax adjustment 
Disposals 
Exchange differences 

At September 30 

Net book value/ carrying 
amount at September 30 

Intangibles 
acquired on 
acquisition 
2009 
£000’s 

Licences & 
software 
2009 
£000’s 

 165,677  
 –  
 5,149  
 –  
 12,912  

 183,738  

 30,584  
 15,891  
 1,235  

 –  
 –  
 2,036  

 1,738  
 146  
 –  
 (12) 
 156  

 2,028  

 1,349  
 256  
 –  

 –  
 (12) 
 117  

Intangibles
acquired on 
acquisition 
2008 
£000’s 

 146,958  
 –  
 4,125  
 –  
 14,594  

Goodwill 
2009 
£000’s 

 278,351  
 –  
 18,060  
 –  
 23,111  

 319,522  

 165,677  

 6,255  
 –  
 21,929  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 15,473  
 12,749  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 2,362  

Licences &
software 
2008 
£000’s 

 1,414  
 156  
 –  
 –  
 168  

 1,738  

 1,014  
 207  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 128  

 49,746  

 1,710  

 28,184  

 30,584  

 1,349  

Goodwill
2008
£000’s

 248,656 
 – 
 5,037 
 – 
 24,658 

 278,351 

 519 
 – 
 2,952 

 2,784 
 – 
 – 

 6,255 

 133,992  

 318  

 291,338  

 135,093  

 389  

 272,096 

The carrying amounts of goodwill by business are as follows:   

CEIC 
Internet Securities 
MIS 
Petroleum Economist 
Gulf Publishing 
HedgeFund Intelligence 
Information Management Network 
MAR 
BCA 
Metal Bulletin publishing businesses 
FOW 
Total Derivatives 
TelCap 
Asia Business Forum 
Benchmark Financials 
Other 

Total 

2009 
£000’s 

 13,150  
 8,488  
 2,575  
 236  
 4,769  
 14,718  
 29,525  
 187  
 144,565  
 52,710  
 196  
 8,180  
 10,448  
 1,122  
 460  
 9  

2008
£000’s

 11,799 
 5,180 
 2,310 
 236 
 4,279 
 14,718 
 33,615 
 168 
 129,715 
 52,710 
 196 
 5,698 
 5,140 
 5,911 
 413 
 8 

 291,338  

 272,096

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated, at acquisition, to the cash generating units (businesses) that are expected to benefit from that 
business combination.

During the year the goodwill in respect of each of the above businesses was tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 ‘Impairment of assets’. The 
methodology applied to the value in use calculations, reflecting past experience and external sources of information, included:
y  Forecasts by business based on pre-tax cash flows derived from approved budgets for 2010. Management believe these budgets to be reasonably 

achievable;

y  Subsequent cash flows for between one and three additional years increased in line with growth expectations of the applicable business;
y  The pre-tax discount rate of 10.5%, reflecting the companies weighted average cost of capital; and
y  Long-term growth rate of 3%.

Impairment
Due to current market conditions an impairment of capitalised goodwill of £21,929,000 (2008: £2,952,000) was recognised in the year. This is limited 
mainly  to  the  US-based  activities  in  the  structured  finance  sector  where  its  main  customers  are  experiencing  a  fall  in  demand  and  its  Asia-based 
conference  organiser  and  training  business  which  has  suffered  a  decline  in  its  customers  spend  on  training.  Both  these  businesses  are  part  of  the 
conferences and seminars business division.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

71

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

11  Goodwill and other intangibles continued 
Sensitivities
Certain businesses, after the annual impairment review required under IAS 36, had a limited value in use in excess of carrying value of £1.8 million. For 
these businesses management has set out below the change in assumptions required, in isolation, in order for the estimated carrying value to be equal 
or less than the value in use. The change in assumptions are summarised as follows:

Increase in the WACC by 1% point.

y 
y  Decrease in the long-term growth rate by 1%.

The result of the change in assumptions of a 1% decrease in growth rates would result in an additional impairment of £1.1 million. A 1% increase 
in WACC would result in an additional impairment of £1.9 million. Management believes the general market conditions seem to have stabilised and 
therefore a decrease in growth rates to 2% or a WACC of 11.5% would be severe. Management will continue to conduct regular reviews to monitor 
this matter.

12  Property, plant and equipment

2009 

Cost 
At October 1 2008 
Additions 
Disposals 
Exchange differences 

At September 30 2009 

Depreciation 
At October 1 2008 
Charge for the year 
Exceptional charge for the year1 
Disposals 
Exchange differences 

At September 30 2009 

Net book value at September 30 2009 

Net book value at September 30 2008 

Freehold 
land and 
buildings 
 2009 
£000’s 

Long-term 
leasehold 
premises 
2009 
£000’s 

Short-term
leasehold 
premises 
2009 
£000’s 

Office 
equipment 
2009 
£000’s 

Motor
vehicles 
2009 
£000’s 

 6,357  
 26  
 –  
 –  

 6,383  

 37  
 81  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 118  

 6,265  

 6,320  

 2,701  
 12  
 –  
 14  

 2,727  

 258  
 157  
 –  
 –  
 5  

 420  

 2,307  

 2,443  

 15,126  
 141  
 (637) 
 596  

 15,226  

 5,504  
 791  
 931  
 (556) 
 138  

 6,808  

 8,418  

 9,622  

 17,340  
 1,049  
 (3,642) 
 1,111  

 15,858  

 14,064  
 1,514  
 279  
 (3,608) 
 849  

 13,098  

 2,760  

 3,276  

 8  
 32  
 (32) 
 1  

 9  

 8  
 1  
 –  
 (1) 
 1  

 9  

 –  

 –  

1 Exceptional depreciation relates to the rationalisation of the group’s property portfolio (note 5).

2008 

Cost 
At October 1 2007 
Additions 
Acquisitions 
Disposals 
Exchange differences 

At September 30 2008 

Depreciation 
At October 1 2007 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 
Exchange differences 

At September 30 2008 

Net book value at September 30 2008 

Net book value at September 30 2007 

Freehold 
land and 
buildings 
2008 
£000’s 

Long-term 
leasehold 
premises 
2008 
£000’s 

Short-term
leasehold 
premises 
2008 
£000’s 

Office 
equipment 
2008 
£000’s 

Motor
vehicles 
2008 
£000’s 

 5,045  
 2,457  
 –  
 (1,145) 
 –  

 6,357  

 19  
 58  
 (40) 
 –  

 37  

 6,320  

 5,026  

 2,685  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 16  

 2,701  

 214  
 38  
 –  
 6  

 258  

 2,443  

 2,471  

 14,088  
 390  
 –  
 –  
 648  

 15,126  

 4,270  
 979  
 (8) 
 263  

 5,504  

 9,622  

 9,818  

 15,505  
 1,393  
 3  
 (802) 
 1,241  

 17,340  

 11,903  
 1,684  
 (715) 
 1,192  

 14,064  

 3,276  

 3,602  

 7  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 1  

 8  

 7  
 –  
 –  
 1  

 8  

 –  

 –  

The directors do not consider the market value of freehold land and buildings to be significantly different from its book value.

Total
2009
£000’s

 41,532 
 1,260 
 (4,311)
 1,722 

 40,203 

 19,871 
 2,544 
 1,210 
 (4,165)
 993 

 20,453 

 19,750 

 21,661 

Total
2008
£000’s

 37,330 
 4,240 
 3 
 (1,947)
 1,906 

 41,532 

 16,413 
 2,759 
 (763)
 1,462 

 19,871 

 21,661 

 20,917

72

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13  Investments

At October 1 
Share of profits after tax retained 
Dividends 

At September 30 

Investments  
in associated  
  undertakings 
2009 
£000’s 

Investments
in associated
undertakings
2008
£000’s

 303  
 219  
 (313) 

 209  

 252 
 308 
 (257)

 303

Associated undertakings
The associated undertaking at September 30 2009 was Capital NET Limited whose principal activity is the provision of electronic database services. The 
group has a 48.4% (2008: 48.4%) interest in Capital NET Limited. 

Capital NET Limited does not have a coterminous year end with the group. The total assets, liabilities, revenues and profit after tax generated by Capital 
NET Limited from its latest available audited accounts at December 31 are set out below.

Total assets 
Total liabilities 
Total revenues 
Profit after tax 

Associates  
2009 
£000’s 

Associates
2008
£000’s

 548  
 (237) 
 2,047  
 536  

 645 
 (222)
 2,202 
 587

Assets available for sale
The group has a 50% interest in Capital DATA Limited. The ordinary share capital of Capital DATA is divided into 50 ‘A’ shares and 50 ‘B’ shares with the 
group owning the 50 ‘A’ shares. Under the terms of the Articles of Association of Capital DATA, the ‘A’ shares held by the group do not carry entitlement 
to any share of dividends or other distribution of profits of Capital DATA. The group does not have the ability to exercise significant influence nor is it 
involved in the day to day running of Capital DATA. As such the investment in Capital DATA is accounted for as an asset available for sale with a £nil 
carrying value (2008: £nil). Under a separate licence agreement the group is entitled to 28.2% of Capital DATA’s revenues being £3,761,000 in the year 
(2008: £3,440,000). At December 31 2008, based on its latest available audited accounts, Capital DATA Limited had £964,000 of issued share capital and 
reserves (December 31 2007: £1,103,000), and its profit for the year then ended was £1,906,000. (December 31 2007: £1,808,000).

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

13  Investments continued
Details  of  the  company  and  its  principal  subsidiary  undertakings  included  in  these  consolidated  financial  statements  at  September  30  2009  are 
as follows:

Company
Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC 

Direct investments 
Adhesion (UK) Limited  
Coaltrans Conferences Limited  
Euromoney Funding US Limited 
Euromoney Hedging Limited 
Euromoney Institutional Investor (Jersey) Limited 
Euromoney Lending (UK) Limited 
Euromoney Publications (Jersey) Limited 
Euromoney Yen Finance Limited 
Fantfoot Limited 
Glenprint Limited  
HedgeFund Intelligence Limited 
The Petroleum Economist Limited  
Tipall Limited  

Indirect investments 
Adhesion Group SA  
American Metal Market, LLC 
AMM Marketwatch, LLC 
Asia Business Forum (Singapore) Pte Limited 
BCA Research, Inc. 
BPR Benchmark Limitada 
Business Conventions International SA 
Carlcroft Limited  
CEIC Holdings Limited 
EII Holdings, Inc.  
EII US, Inc. 
Euromoney Buffalo 1 Limited 
Euromoney Buffalo 2 Limited 
Euromoney (Singapore) Pte Limited  
Euromoney Funding (UK) Limited 
Euromoney Institutional Investor (Ventures) Limited 
Euromoney Training, Inc.  
Euromoney, Inc.  
GSCS Benchmarks Limited 
Gulf Publishing Company  
EIMN, Inc. 
Institutional Investor, Inc.  
Internet Securities, Inc.  
Latin American Financial Publications, Inc.  
Managed Account Reports, LLC 
MB Marketwatch Limited 
Metal Bulletin Holdings Corporation 
Metal Bulletin Investments Limited 
Metal Bulletin Limited 
MIS Training (UK) Limited  
Storas Holdings Pte Limited 
TelCap Limited 
Total Derivatives Limited 

Associates 
Capital NET Limited 

Proportion 
held 

Principal activity and 
operation 

Country of
incorporation

n/a 

Publishing, training and events 

Great Britain

100% 
95% 
100% 
100% 
100%† 
100% 
100%^ 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 

100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
51% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100%* 
100% 
100%* 
100%* 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
98% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
85% 
89% 

Conventions  
Conferences  
Investment holding company 
Investment company 
Publishing 
Investment holding company 
Non-trading 
Investment company 
Investment holding company 
Publishing  
Publishing 
Publishing  
Property holding  

Conventions  
Publishing  
Information Services 
Conferences 
Information Services 
Information Services 
Conventions  
Publishing  
Information Services 
Holding company  
Investment holding company 
Investment holding company 
Investment holding company 
Training 
Investment holding company 
Investment holding company 
Training  
Training  
Publishing  
Publishing  
Conferences 
Publishing  
Information Services 
Publishing  
Non-trading 
Information Services 
Investment holding company 
Investment holding company 
Publishing  
Training  
Investment holding company 
Publishing  
Publishing  

Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Jersey
Great Britain
Jersey
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain

France
US
US
Singapore
Canada
Colombia
France
Great Britain
Hong Kong
US
US
Great Britain
Great Britain
Singapore
Great Britain
Great Britain
US
US
Great Britain
US
US
US
US
US
US
Great Britain
US
Great Britain
Great Britain
Great Britain
Singapore
Great Britain
Great Britain

48% 

Databases 

Great Britain

All holdings are of ordinary shares. 
In addition to the above, the group has a small number of branches outside the United Kingdom. 

*  100% preference shares held in addition. 
†  Euromoney Institutional Investor (Jersey) Limited’s principal country of operation is Hong Kong. 
^  Euromoney Publications (Jersey) Limited’s principal country of operation is Great Britain. 

74

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
14  Acquisitions  
Increase in equity holdings
In January 2009, the group purchased the remaining 20% of the equity share capital of Information Management Network LLC (IMN), the structured 
finance, indexing and real estate events business, for a cash consideration of $11,107,000 (£7,704,000), resulting in additional provisional goodwill of 
$10,016,000 (£6,948,000) and bringing total goodwill to $47,222,000 (£29,525,000).

In January 2009, the group exercised its option to purchase the third tranche (10.9%) of Total Derivatives Limited increasing its equity holding from 
78.3% to 89.2%. The equity was purchased for £2,834,000 resulting in additional provisional goodwill of £2,482,000 and bringing total goodwill to 
£8,180,000.

In February 2009, the group purchased a further 15% of the equity share capital of TelCap Limited for a cash consideration of £5,952,000 payable in 
April 2009, resulting in additional provisional goodwill of £5,308,000 and bringing total goodwill to £10,448,000. The group’s equity shareholding in 
TelCap Limited increased to 85%.

In February 2009, the group purchased a further 3.93% of the equity share capital of Internet Securities, Inc. (ISI) for a cash consideration of $4,344,000 
(£3,013,000), resulting in additional provisional goodwill of the same amount and bringing the total goodwill to $13,575,000 (£8,488,000). The group’s 
equity shareholding in ISI increased to 97.8%.

In May 2009, the group purchased the remaining 10% of the equity share capital of Asia Business Forum (ABF), a leading conference organiser and 
training business for the Asia region, for a cash consideration of SG$846,000 (£387,000), resulting in additional provisional goodwill of SG$675,000 
(£309,000) and bringing total goodwill to SG$2,528,000 (£1,122,000).

Book value 

Intangible assets 
Cash 
Other assets 
Liabilities 

Total 

Provisional fair value adjustments 

Intangible assets 
Deferred tax 

Provisional fair value of net assets 

Net assets acquired 

% 
£000’s 

Provisional goodwill 
Consideration (satisfied by cash) 

IMN 
 £000’s  

Total
Derivatives 
 £000’s 

TelCap 
 £000’s 

ABF
 £000’s 

–  
 1,503  
 5,324  
(5,981)  

 846  

 4,892  
(1,957)  

 2,935  
 3,781  

20% 
 756  
 6,948  
 7,704  

 6,701  
 3,549  
 685  
(5,643)  

 5,292  

(2,846)  
 797  

(2,049)  
 3,243  

10.85% 
 352  
 2,482  
 2,834  

 2,025  
 2,458  
 2,116  
(5,127)  

 1,472  

 3,914  
(1,096)  

 2,818  
 4,290  

15% 
 644  
 5,308  
 5,952  

 1,433 
 455 
 501 
(977) 

 1,412 

(811) 
 178 

(633) 
 779 

10%
 78 
 309 
 387

If the acquisitions in the table above had been completed on the first day of the financial year, group revenues for the period would have remained 
unchanged and group loss attributable to equity holders of the parent would have been reduced by £271,000.

15   Discontinued operations
In September 2009 the group received a final payment of £1,207,000 after related costs from the sale of the Atalink Limited, following the agreement 
of their completion accounts. There is no related tax charge. The business and net assets of Atalink Limited were sold in March 2007 and were treated 
as a discontinued operation up to that date.

The  group’s  income  statement  does  not  include  any  trading  results  from  discontinued  operations  other  than  the  profit  on  disposal  from  the 
proceeds above.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

16  Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year 
Trade receivables 
Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables 

Trade receivables – net of provision 
Other debtors 
Prepayments and accrued income 

2009 
£000’s 

 48,419  
 (8,189) 

 40,230  
 11,326  
 7,444  

 59,000  

2008
£000’s

 56,286 
 (6,593)

 49,693 
 11,689 
 7,759 

 69,141

The average credit period on sales of goods and services is 30 days. Trade receivables beyond 60 days overdue are provided for based on estimated 
irrecoverable amounts from the sale of goods and services, determined by reference to past default experience.

Credit terms for customers are determined in individual territories. Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to the 
group’s customer base being large and diverse. Due to this, management believe there is no further credit risk provision required in excess of the normal 
provision for doubtful receivables. There are no customers who represent more than 5% of the total balance of trade receivables. 

As at September 30 2009, trade receivables of £24,480,000 (2008: £29,487,000) were not yet due.

As of September 30 2009, trade receivables of £12,415,000 (2008: £17,625,000) were past due for which the group has not provided as there has been 
no significant change in their credit quality and the amounts are still considered recoverable. These relate to a number of independent customers for 
whom there is no recent history of default. The average age of these receivables is 59 days (2008: 71 days). The group does not hold any collateral over 
these balances. The ageing of these trade receivables is as follows:

Past due less than a month 
Past due more than a month but less than two months 
Past due more than two months but less than three months 
Past due more than three months 

2009 
£000’s 

 8,618  
 2,510  
 703  
 584  

2008
£000’s

 9,276 
 3,487 
 2,780 
 2,082 

12,415  

 17,625

As at September 30 2009, trade receivables of £11,524,000 (2008: £9,174,000) were impaired and partially provided for. The amount of the provision was 
£8,189,000 (2008: £6,593,000). It was assessed that a portion of the receivables is expected to be recovered. The ageing of these receivables is as follows:

Past due less than a month 
Past due more than a month but less than two months 
Past due more than two months but less than three months 
Past due more than three months 

Movements on the group provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

At October 1 
Impairment losses recognised 
Impairment losses reversed 
Amounts written off as uncollectible 
Exchange differences 

At September 30 

2009 
£000’s 

 1,119  
 2,644  
 2,005  
 5,756  

 11,524  

2009 
£000’s 

 (6,593) 
 (4,684) 
 1,295  
 1,967  
 (174) 

 (8,189) 

2008
£000’s

 346 
 541 
 663 
 7,624 

 9,174

2008
£000’s

 (4,287)
 (3,662)
 758 
 783 
 (185)

 (6,593)

In determining the recoverability of a trade receivable, the group considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable from the date credit was 
initially granted up to the reporting date. The concentration of credit risk is limited due to the customer base being large and unrelated. Accordingly, the 
directors believe that there is no further credit provision required in excess of the allowance for doubtful debts. 

The  allowance  for  doubtful  debts  does  not  include  individually  impaired  trade  receivables  which  have  been  placed  under  liquidation  as  these  trade 
receivables are written off directly to the income statement.

76

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17  Trade and other payables

Trade creditors 
Amounts owed to DMGT group undertakings  
Other creditors 

The directors consider the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates their fair values.

18  Financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments 
The derivative financial assets/(liabilities) at September 30 comprised: 

2009 
£000’s 

 3,747  
 26,429  
 29,038  

 59,214  

2008
£000’s

 5,489 
 3,271 
 21,859 

 30,619

Current 
Interest rate swaps 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – fair value through profit and loss 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedge 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – net investment hedge   

Non-current 
Interest rate swaps 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – fair value through profit and loss 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedge 

2009 

2008 

Assets  
£000’s 

Liabilities 
£000’s 

Assets  
£000’s 

Liabilities
£000’s

 –  
 –  
 569  
 –  

 569  

 7  
 –  
 562  

 569  

(1,661)  
(3,312)  
(4,944)  
 –  

(9,917)  

(5,934)  
(1,198)  
(7,460)  

(14,592)  

 108  
 138  
 1,205  
 –  

 1,451  

 189  
 –  
 179  

 368  

(189) 
(9,410) 
(4,707) 
(859) 

(15,165) 

(3,018) 
 – 
(6,755) 

(9,773) 

 1,138  

(24,509)  

 1,819  

(24,938)

Financial risk management objectives
Full details of the objectives, policies and strategies pursued by the group in relation to financial instruments are set out on page 58 of the accounting 
policies and page 61 of the key judgemental areas. In summary, the group’s tax and treasury committee normally meets twice a year and is responsible 
for recommending policy to the board. The group’s treasury policies are directed to giving greater certainty of future costs and revenues and ensuring 
that the group has adequate liquidity for working capital and debt capacity for funding acquisitions.

The  treasury  department  does  not  act  as  a  profit  centre,  nor  does  it  undertake  any  speculative  trading  activity  and  it  operates  within  policies  and 
procedures approved by the board.

Interest rate swaps are used to manage the group’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on its floating rate borrowings. Further details are set out 
in the interest rate risk section on page 80.

Forward  contracts  are  used  to  manage  the  group’s  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  exchange  rate  movements.  Further  details  are  set  out  in  the  foreign 
exchange rate risk section on page 79.

Capital risk management
The group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising the return to stakeholders 
through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The group’s overall strategy remains unchanged from 2008. 

The capital structure of the group consists of debt, which includes the borrowings disclosed in note 19, cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable 
to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in notes 22 and 24 respectively.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

18  Financial instruments continued
Net debt to EBITDA* ratio
The group’s tax and treasury committee reviews the capital structure at least twice a year. As part of the debt covenants under the loan facility provided 
by Daily Mail and General Trust plc (DMGT), the board has to ensure that net debt to EBITDA* does not exceed 4 times on a rolling 12 month basis. The 
group expects to remain within these limits. The net debt to EBITDA covenant is defined to allow the rate used in the translation of US dollar EBITDA, 
including hedging contracts, to be used also in the calculation of net debt, thereby removing any distortion to the covenant from increases in net debt 
due to short-term movements in the US dollar.

The net debt to EBITDA* ratio at September 30 is as follows: 

Committed loan facility 
Loan notes 

Total debt 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Net debt 

EBITDA* 

Net debt to EBITDA* ratio 

2009 
£000’s 

 (165,151) 
 (5,719) 

 (170,870) 
 12,063  

2008
£000’s

 (184,594)
 (7,579)

 (192,173)
 20,179 

 (158,807) 

 (171,994)

 79,769  

 79,221 

 1.99  

 2.17

*   EBITDA (Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation) = underlying operating profit before depreciation and amortisation of licences and software.

Categories of financial instruments
The group’s financial assets and liabilities at September 30 are as follows:

Financial assets 
Derivative instruments – fair value through profit and loss 
Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships 
Loans and receivables (including cash and cash equivalents) 

Financial liabilities 
Derivative instruments – fair value through profit and loss 
Derivative instruments in designated hedge accounting relationships 
Acquisition option commitments 
Loans and payables (including overdrafts) 

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

 –  
 1,138  
 65,569  

 138 
 1,681 
 239,743 

 66,707  

 241,562 

(4,510)  
(19,999)  
(11,943)  
(283,791)  

(9,410) 
(15,528) 
(29,848) 
(429,612) 

(320,243)  

(484,398)

Market price risk
Market price risk is the possibility that changes in currency exchange rates, interest rates or commodity prices will adversely affect the value of the 
group’s  financial  assets,  liabilities  or  expected  future  cash  flows.  The  group’s  primary  market  risks  are  interest  rate  fluctuations  and  exchange  rate 
movements. Derivatives are used to hedge or reduce the risks of interest rate and exchange rate movements and are not entered into unless such risks 
exist. Derivatives used by the group for hedging a particular risk are not specialised and are generally available from numerous sources. The fair values of 
interest rate swaps, currency options and forward exchange contracts are set out in this note and represent the value for which an asset could be sold 
or liability settled between knowledgeable willing parties in an arm’s length transaction calculated using the market rates of interest and exchange at 
September 30 2009. The group has no other material market price risks.

Market risk exposures are measured using sensitivity analysis.

There has been no change to the group’s exposure to market risks or the manner in which it manages and measures the risks during the year.

78

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18  Financial instruments continued
Foreign exchange rate risk
The group’s principal foreign exchange exposure is to US dollar. The group generates approximately two-thirds of its revenues in US dollars, including 
approximately 30% of the revenues in its UK-based businesses, and approximately 60% of its operating profits are US dollar-denominated. The group 
is  therefore  exposed  to  foreign  exchange  risk  on  the  US  dollar  revenues  in  its  UK  businesses,  and  on  the  translation  of  the  results  of  its  US  dollar-
denominated businesses.

The group does not hedge the translation of the results of foreign subsidiaries. Consequently, fluctuations in the value of sterling versus other currencies 
could  materially  affect  the  translation  of  these  results  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  group  endeavours  to  match  foreign  currency 
borrowings to investments in order to provide a natural hedge for the translation of the net assets of overseas subsidiaries with the related foreign 
currency interest cost arising from these borrowings providing a partial hedge against the translation of foreign currency profits.

The carrying amounts of the group’s US dollar denominated monetary assets and monetary liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

US dollar 

Liabilities 

Assets 

 2009  
 £000’s  

 2008  
 £000’s  

 2009  
 £000’s  

 2008 
 £000’s 

 (238,928) 

 (319,647) 

 499,659  

 412,386

Approximately  two-thirds  of  the  group’s  revenues  are  in  US  dollars.  Subsidiaries  normally  do  not  hedge  transactions  in  foreign  currencies  into  the 
functional currency of their own operations. However, at a group level, a series of US$ forward contracts are put in place to sell forward surplus US 
dollars. In 2008, the group hedged fully for the coming 12 months and partially for a further 36 months. This year, the directors reviewed the group’s 
hedging policy and as a result reduced the period of partial hedging from up to 48 months to between 12 and 18 months and reduced the percentage 
of revenues hedged in the first 12 months to 80%. The transition to the revised policy will take a number of months, with forward deals in excess of 18 
months being allowed to naturally unwind. The timing and value of these forward contracts is based on managements estimate of its future US dollar 
revenues over a 18 month period and is regularly reviewed and revised with any changes in estimates resulting in either additional forward contracts 
being taken out or existing contracts’ maturity dates being moved forward or back. The group also has a significant operation in Canada whose revenues 
are mainly in US dollars. At a group level a series of US dollar forward contracts is put in place up to 18 months forward to hedge the operation’s 
Canadian cost base. In addition, each subsidiary is encouraged to invoice sales in its local functional currency where possible. 

Forward exchange contracts are gross settled at maturity.

The following table details the group’s sensitivity to a 10% increase and decrease in sterling against US dollar. A 10% sensitivity has been determined by 
the board as the sensitivity rate appropriate when reporting an estimated foreign currency risk internally and represents management’s assessment of a 
reasonably possible change in foreign exchange rates at the reporting date.

The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a 
10% change in foreign currency rates. The sensitivity analysis includes external loans as well as loans to foreign operations within the group where 
the denomination of the loan is not in the functional currency of the lender/borrower. Where sterling strengthens 10% against the relevant currency a 
positive number below indicates an increase in profit and equity. For a 10% weakening of sterling against the relevant currency, there would be an equal 
and opposite impact on the profit and other equity, and the balances below would be negative.

Impact of 10% strengthening of sterling against US dollar

Change in profit for the year in income statement 
Change in equity 

2009 
 £000’s  

 106  
 897  

2008
 £000’s 

 (1,652)
 606

The change in the loss to a profit from the sensitivity analysis is due to a change in the net working capital balance moving from a net asset to a net 
liability. The increase in the profit in equity from the sensitivity analysis is due to the decrease of the value of net investment value in US dollar companies 
and the increase in the value of the derivative financial liabilities.

Forward foreign exchange contracts
It is the policy of the group to enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to cover specific foreign currency payments and receipts. This year, the 
directors reviewed the group’s hedging policy and as a result reduced the period of hedging from up to 48 months to 18 months and reduced the 
percentage of revenues hedged in the first 12 months to 80%. The transition to the revised policy will take a number of months, with forward deals in 
excess of 18 months being allowed to naturally unwind. 

In 2008 the group designated certain forward contracts as a hedge of its net investment in US subsidiaries which had US dollar as their functional 
currency.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

18  Financial instruments continued

Cash Flow Hedges 

Sell USD buy GBP 
Less than a year 
More than a year but less than two years 
More than two year but less than three years 
More than three years but less than four years 

Sell USD buy CAD† 
Less than a year 
More than a year but less than two years 
More than two year but less than three years 
More than three years but less than four years 

Sell EUR buy GBP 
Less than a year 
More than a year but less than two years 

Net Investment hedge 
Sell USD buy GBP 
Less than a year 

Fair value through profit and loss 
Sell GBP buy JPY 
Less than a year 

2009 

 1.988  
 1.923  
 1.838  
 –  

 1.066  
 1.146  
 1.074  
 –  

Average exchange rate 

2008 

Foreign currency 
2008 
2009 
  USD 000’s  USD 000’s 

Contract value 
2009 
£000’s 

2008 
£000’s 

Fair value

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

 1.894  
 1.895  
 1.922  
 1.847  

 52,000  
 48,500  
 33,000  
 –  

 88,225  
 61,150  
 46,500  
 34,000  

 26,152  
 25,220  
 17,956  
 –  

 46,587  
 32,267  
 24,195  
 18,408  

(6,356)  
(5,079)  
(2,695)  
 –  

(2,961) 
(2,559) 
(2,365) 
(1,183) 

 1.032  
 1.035  
 1.036  
 1.030  

 21,600  
 17,700  
 13,500  
 –  

 36,500  
 24,500  
 10,500  
 13,500  

 12,865  
 11,329  
 8,100  
 –  

 19,872  
 13,381  
 5,739  
 7,337  

(632)  
 200  
(380)  
 –  

(541) 
(268) 
(88) 
(113) 

  EUR 000’s 

EUR 000’s 

£000’s 

£000’s 

£000’s 

£000’s

 1.159  
1.132  

 –  
 –  

 10,500  
 4,500  

 –  
 –  

 9,062  
 3,974  

 –  
 –  

(700)  
(141)  

 – 
 – 

  USD 000’s  USD 000’s 

£000’s 

£000’s 

£000’s 

£000’s

 –  

 1.899  

 –  

 25,000  

 –  

 13,163  

 –  

(859) 

JPY 000’s 

JPY 000’s 

£000’s 

£000’s 

£000’s 

£000’s

–  

 188.301*  

 –   11,847,350  

 –  

 53,507  

 –  

(9,272) 

†  Rate used for conversion from CAD to GBP is 1.7166 (2008: 1.8951).  
*  In 2008 this represents outstanding foreign currency to buy JPY and GBP. 

As at September 30 2009, the aggregate amount of unrealised losses under forward foreign exchange contracts deferred in the fair value reserve relating 
to future revenue transactions is £11,273,000 (2008: £10,078,000). It is anticipated that the transactions will take place over the next 36 months at 
which stage the amount deferred in equity will be released in the income statement.

As at September 30 2009, the aggregate amount of unrealised losses under ineffective cash flow hedges still in place at the year end is £4,510,000 
(2008: £nil), which have been recognised in the income statement.

Interest rate risks
The group’s borrowings are in both sterling and US dollars with the related interest tied to US and UK LIBOR. This results in the group’s interest charge 
being at risk to fluctuations in interest rates. It is the group’s policy to hedge approximately 80% of its interest exposure, converting its floating rate debt 
into fixed debt by means of interest rate swaps. The maturity dates are spread in order to avoid interest rate basis risk and also to negate short-term 
changes in interest rates. The predictability of interest costs is deemed to be more important than the possible opportunity cost foregone of achieving 
lower interest rates and this hedging strategy has the effect of spreading the group’s exposure to fluctuations arising from changes in interest rates and 
hence protects the group’s interest charge against sudden increases in rates but also prevents the group from benefiting immediately from falls in rates. 

The group’s exposures to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities are detailed in the liquidity risk section on page 82.

Interest rate sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for both derivative and non-derivative instruments at the 
balance  sheet  date.  For  floating  rate  liabilities,  the  analysis  is  prepared  assuming  the  amount  of  liability  outstanding  at  the  balance  sheet  date  was 
outstanding for the whole year. A 100 basis point increase or decrease is used when reporting interest rate risk internally to key management personnel 
and represents directors’ assessment of a reasonably possible change in interest rates at the reporting date.

If interest rates had been 100 basis points higher or lower and all other variables were held constant, the group’s:

y  Profit for the year ended September 30 2009 would decrease or increase by £199,000 (2008: £420,000). This is mainly attributable to the group’s 

exposure to interest rates on its variable rate borrowings; and

y  Other equity reserves would decrease or increase by £2,501,000 (2008: £3,617,000) mainly as a result of the changes in the fair value of interest 

rate swaps.

The group’s sensitivity to interest rates has not materially changed during the period due to the group benefiting from similar levels of fixed rates.

80

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18  Financial instruments continued
Interest rate swap contracts
Under interest rate swap contracts, the group agrees to exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on agreed 
notional principal amounts. Such contracts enable the group to mitigate the risk of changing interest rates on the fair value of issued fixed rate debt 
and the cash flow exposures on the issued variable rate debt. The fair value of interest rate swaps at the reporting date is determined by discounting the 
future cash flows using the discount curves at reporting date and the credit risk inherent in the contract, and is disclosed below.

The average interest rate is based on the outstanding balances at the end of the financial year.

The following table details the notional principal amounts and remaining terms of interest rate swap contracts outstanding as at the reporting date:

Cash flow hedges 
US dollar: Receive floating pay fixed 

Less than 1 year 
1 to 2 years  
2 to 5 years  

GBP: Receive floating pay fixed 

Less than 1 year 
1 to 2 years  
2 to 5 years  

Average contracted  
fixed interest rate 

Notional
principal amount 

 Fair value

2009 
% 

 4.28  
 3.64  
 4.21  

2008 
% 

 4.08  
 4.81  
 4.77  

2009 
£000’s 

 40,640  
 31,262  
 40,640  

2008 
£000’s 

 30,856  
 30,856  
 47,686  

2009 
£000’s 

 (1,276) 
 (1,448) 
 (2,812) 

2008
£000’s

 (182)
 (866)
 (1,745)

Average contracted  
fixed interest rate 

Notional
principal amount 

 Fair value

2009 
% 

 5.73  
 5.68  
 5.53  

2008 
% 

 5.61  
 5.73  
 5.61  

2009 
£000’s 

 15,000  
 12,000  
 10,000  

2008 
£000’s 

 14,000  
 15,000  
 22,000  

2009 
£000’s 

 (385) 
 (779) 
 (888) 

2008
£000’s

 100 
 23 
 (240)

The interest rate swaps settle on a quarterly basis. The floating rate on the interest rate swaps is LIBOR. The group will settle the difference between the 
fixed and floating interest rate on a net basis. All interest rate swap contracts exchanging floating rate interest amounts for fixed rate interest amounts 
are designated as cash flow hedges in order to reduce the group’s cash flow exposure resulting from variable interest rates on borrowings. The interest 
rate swaps and the interest payments on the loan occur simultaneously and the amount deferred in equity is recognised in the income statement over 
the period that the floating rate interest payments on debt impact the income statement.

As at September 30 2009, the aggregate amount of unrealised interest under swap contracts deferred in the fair value reserve relating to future interest 
payable is £7,580,000 (2008: £2,683,000). It is anticipated that the transactions will take place over the next 36 months at which stage the amount 
deferred in equity will be released to the income statement.

As at September 30 2009, the aggregate amount of unrealised interest under ineffective swaps still in place at the year end is £8,000 (2008: £227,000) 
which has been recognised in the income statement.

Credit Risk 
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the group. The group seeks to 
limit interest rate and foreign currency risks described above by the use of financial instruments and as a result has a credit risk from the potential 
non-performance  by  the  counterparties  to  these  financial  instruments,  which  are  unsecured.  The  amount  of  this  credit  risk  is  normally  restricted  to 
the  amounts  of  any  hedge  gain  and  not  the  principal  amount  being  hedged.  The  group  also  has  a  credit  exposure  to  counterparties  for  the  full 
principal amount of cash and cash equivalents. Credit risks are controlled by monitoring the amounts outstanding, with and the credit quality of, these 
counterparties. For the group’s cash and cash equivalents these are principally licensed commercial banks and investment banks with strong long-term 
credit ratings, and for derivative financial instruments with DMGT who have treasury policies in place which do not allow concentrations of risk with 
individual counterparties and do not allow significant treasury exposures with counterparties which are rated lower than AA.

The group also has credit risk with respect to trade and other receivables, prepayments and accrued income. The concentration of credit risk from trade 
receivables is limited due to the group’s large and broad customer base. Trade receivable exposures are managed locally in the business units where they 
arise. Allowance is made for bad and doubtful debts based on management’s assessment of the risk of non-payment taking into account the ageing 
profile, experience and circumstance.

The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of each financial asset, including derivative financial instruments, recorded in 
the balance sheet. The group does not have any significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any group of counterparties having similar 
characteristics. The group defines counterparties as having similar characteristics if they are related entities. Concentration of credit risk did not exceed 
5% of gross monetary assets at any time during the year.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

18  Financial instruments continued
Liquidity risk
The  group  has  significant  intercompany  borrowings  and  is  an  approved  borrower  under  a  DMGT,  $400  million  dedicated  multi-currency  borrowing 
facility. The facility is divided into four quantums of sterling and US dollar funds with three and five year terms with a total maximum borrowing capacity 
of $310 million (£194 million) and £59 million. Interest is payable on this facility at a variable rate of between 1.3% and 3.0% above LIBOR dependent 
on the ratio of adjusted net debt to EBITDA. The facility’s covenant requires the group’s net debt to be no more than four times adjusted EBITDA on a 
rolling 12 month basis. Failure to do so would result in the group being in breach of the facility potentially resulting in the facility being withdrawn or 
impediment of management decision making by the lender. Management regularly monitor the covenant and prepare detailed debt forecasts to ensure 
that sufficient headroom is available and that the covenants are not close or potentially close to breach. The group’s strategy is to use excess operating 
cash to pay down its debt. The group has a cash conversion rate (the percentage by which cash generated by operations covers operating profit before 
acquired intangible amortisation, share option expense and exceptional items) of 91% (2008: 123%), due to much of its subscription, conference and 
training revenue being paid in advance. The three year quantums of the facility are due for renewal in December 2011 and the five year quantums in 
December 2013.

Under the DMGT facility, at September 30 2009, the group has £81.4 million of undrawn but committed facilities available to draw upon if required. This 
is more than sufficient for the group to meet expected and unexpected short-term working capital requirements. However, given the level of uncertainty 
in the global economy and financial markets, there is a risk that the undrawn portion of the facility may be unavailable or withdrawn if DMGT experience 
funding difficulties themselves. It is, however, unlikely that this would impact the group as DMGT have a wide range of funding sources, other than bank 
debt, available to them. In addition, if DMGT were unable to fulfil its commitment to the group the directors are confident that the group is in a position 
that would enable it to secure adequate facilities outside of DMGT, albeit at an increased cost to the business due to high interest charges imposed given 
the crisis in the credit markets. The following table details the group’s remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative financial liabilities, mainly 
variable borrowings. 

This table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted contractual cash flows of the financial liabilities including both interest and principal cash flows. 
To the extent that the interest rates are floating, the undiscounted amount is derived from interest rate curves at September 30 2009. The contractual 
maturity is based on the earliest date on which the group may be required to settle.

2009 

Variable rate borrowings 
Acquisition option commitments 
Non interest bearing liabilities (Trade creditors and accruals) 

2008 

Variable rate borrowings 
Acquisition option commitments 
Non interest bearing liabilities (Trade creditors and accruals) 

Weighted
average
effective 
interest rate 
% 

 3.80  
 –  
 –  

Weighted
average
effective 
interest rate 
% 

 5.79  
 –  
 –  

Less than 
one year 
£000’s 

 6,201  
 11,346  
 106,186  

Less than 
one year 
£000’s 

 348,977  
 22,499  
 80,635  

1–3 years 
£000’s 

 171,404  
 794  
 –  

Total
£000’s

 177,605 
 12,140 
 106,186 

1–3 years 
£000’s 

 –  
 8,128  
 –  

Total
£000’s

 348,977 
 30,627 
 80,635 

At September 30 2009, £149,111,000 (2008: £159,029,000) of borrowings were designated in US dollars with the remainder in sterling. The average 
rate of interest paid on the debt was 5.95% (2008: 5.90%).

82

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18  Financial instruments continued
The following tables detail the group’s remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative financial assets, mainly medium term deposits for amounts 
on loans owed by DMGT group undertakings and minority interest. This table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted contractual maturities of 
the financial assets including interest that will be earned on those assets except where the group anticipate that the cash flow will occur in a different 
period.

2009 
Variable interest rate instruments (cash at bank) 
Non interest bearing assets 

2008 
Variable interest rate instruments (cash at bank and short-term deposits) 
Fixed interest rate instruments (term deposits) 
Non interest bearing assets 

Weighted 
average 
effective 
interest rate 
% 

 1.38  
 –  

 1.60  
 1.87  
 –  

Less than
one year
£000’s

 12,545 
 53,024 

 65,569 

 175,936 
 1,047 
 62,760 

 239,743 

The following table details the group’s liquidity analysis for its derivative financial instruments. The table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted net 
cash inflows/(outflows) on the derivative instrument that settle on a net basis and the undiscounted gross inflows and (outflows) on those derivatives that 
require gross settlement. When the amount payable or receivable is not fixed, the amount disclosed has been determined by reference to the projected 
interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the reporting date.

2009 
Net settled 
Interest rate swaps 
Gross settled 
Foreign exchange forward contracts inflows  
Foreign exchange forward contracts outflows 

2008 
Net settled 
Interest rate swaps 
Foreign exchange forward contracts 
Gross settled 
Foreign exchange forward contracts inflows  
Foreign exchange forward contracts outflows 

Less than 
1 month 
£000’s 

1–3  
months 
£000’s 

3 months 
to 1 year 
£000’s 

1–5 years 
£000’s 

Total
£000’s

 –  

(1,551)  

(3,812)  

(3,375)  

(8,738) 

 5,341  
(6,060)  

 11,796  
(12,644)  

 68,625  
(74,593)  

 78,211  
(86,208)  

 163,973 
(179,505) 

(719)  

(2,399)  

(9,780)  

(11,372)  

(24,270) 

 –  
(9,272)  

 8,272  
(8,583)  

(9,583)  

(62)  
 –  

(279)  
 –  

(843)  
 –  

(1,184) 
(9,272) 

 20,154  
(21,067)  

 76,112  
(79,264)  

 104,150  
(109,498)  

 208,688 
(218,412) 

(975)  

(3,431)  

(6,191)  

(20,180)

Fair value of financial instruments
The fair values of non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities are determined as follows:

y  The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities with standard terms and conditions and traded on active liquid markets is determined with 

reference to quoted market prices;

y  The fair value of other financial assets and financial liabilities (excluding derivative instruments) is determined in accordance with generally accepted 
pricing  models  based  on  discounted  cash  flow  analysis  using  prices  from  observable  current  market  transactions  and  dealer  quotes  for  similar 
instruments; and

y  The directors consider that the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded at amortised cost in the financial statements 

approximate their fair values.

The fair values of derivative financial assets and financial liabilities are determined as follows:

y  Foreign currency forward contracts are measured using quoted forward exchange rates and yield curves derived from quoted interest rates matching 

y 

maturities of the contracts; and
Interest rate swaps are measured at the present value of future cash flows estimated and discounted based on the applicable yield curves derived from 
quoted interest rates.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

19  Bank overdrafts and loans  

Bank overdrafts – current liability 

Committed loan facility – current liability 

Committed loan facility – non-current liability 

Loan notes – current liability 

2009 
£000’s 

 482  

2008
£000’s

 1,032 

 –  

 184,594 

 171,404  

 – 

 5,719  

 7,579

Committed loan facility
The group’s debt is provided through a dedicated multi-currency committed facility from Daily Mail and General Trust plc. The facility was renewed in 
December 2008 on terms broadly similar to those of the previous facility. The previous facility was due to expire in August 2009 and hence classified in 
September 2008 as a current liability. On renewal the directors took the opportunity to reduce the size of the facility from £300 million to $400 million. 
The new facility is divided into four quantums of sterling and US dollar funds with three and five year terms with a total maximum borrowing capacity of 
$310 million (£194 million) and £59 million. Interest is payable on this facility at a variable rate of between 1.25% and 3.0% above LIBOR dependant on 
the ratio of adjusted net debt to EBITDA. The facility’s covenant requires the group’s net debt to be no more than four times adjusted EBITDA on a rolling 
12 month basis. At September 30 2009, the group’s net debt to adjusted EBITDA was 1.99 times and the uncommitted undrawn facility available to the 
group was £81,419,000 (2008: £115,406,000). The three year quantums of the facility are due for renewal in December 2011 and the five year quantums 
in December 2013.

Loan notes
Loan notes were issued in October and November 2006 to fund the purchase of Metal Bulletin plc. Interest is payable on these loan notes at a variable 
rate of 0.75% below LIBOR payable in June and December. Loan notes can be redeemed at the option of the loan note holder twice a year on the interest 
payment dates above. At least 20 business days’ written notice prior to the redemption date is required. During the year ended September 30 2009 
£1,767,000 (2008: £4,324,000) of these loan notes were redeemed reducing the debt to £5,719,000 (2008: £7,579,000).

20  Provisions

At October 1 2008 
Provision 
Used in the year 
Exchange differences 

At September 30 2009 

Maturity profile of provisions 

Within 1 year (included in current liabilities)   
Between 1 and 2 years (included in non-current liabilities) 
Between 2 and 5 years (included in non-current liabilities) 

Onerous  
lease  
provision  
£000’s 

 633  
 2,603  
 (69) 
 (229) 

 2,938  

Other 
provisions 
£000’s 

 4,070  
 (692) 
 (366) 
–  

 3,012  

2009 
£000’s 

 2,359  
 1,198  
 2,393  

 5,950  

Group
total
£000’s

 4,703 
 1,911 
 (435)
 (229)

 5,950 

2008
£000’s

 1,198 
 1,198 
 2,307 

 4,703

Onerous lease provision
The onerous lease provision relates to certain buildings within the property portfolio which either at acquisition were rented at non-market rates, or are 
no longer occupied by the group.

Other provisions
The provision consists of social security arising on share option liabilities and dilapidations on leasehold properties. 

84

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21  Deferred taxation
The net deferred tax liability at September 30 2009 comprised: 

Capitalised goodwill and intangibles 
Tax deductible goodwill amortisation 
Tax losses 
Financial instruments 
Other short-term temporary differences 

Deferred tax 

Comprising: 
Deferred tax assets 
Deferred tax liabilities 

2008 
£000’s 

 (37,228) 
 9,405  
 3,728  
 2,956  
9,711  

 (11,428) 

 16,459  
 (27,887) 

 (11,428) 

Income 
statement 
£000’s 

 6,621  
 (2,694) 
 1,424  
 (433) 
 3,368  

 8,286  

Acquisitions 
and 
disposals 
£000’s 

Exchange 
differences 
£000’s 

 (1,806) 
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 (1,806) 

 (3,993) 
 1,109  
 423  
 (181) 
 495  

 (2,147) 

Equity 
£000’s 

 303  
 –  
 105  
 2,400  
 984  

 3,792  

2009
£000’s

 (36,103)
 7,820 
 5,680 
 4,742 
 14,558 

 (3,303)

 18,474 
 (21,777)

 (3,303)

At the balance sheet date, the group has unused US tax losses available for offset against future profits. At September 30 2009 a deferred tax asset of 
£4,515,000 (2008: £3,728,000) has been recognised. The US losses can be carried forward for a period of 20 years from the date they arose. The US 
losses have expiry dates between 2010 and 2029. 

At the balance sheet date, the group has unused UK tax losses available for offset against future profits. At September 30 2009 a deferred tax asset of 
£1,165,000 (2008: £nil) has been recognised. UK losses have no expiry dates.

At the balance sheet date, a net deferred tax asset of £12,794,000 (2008: £12,731,000) has been recognised in respect of US tax deductible goodwill 
amortisation, capitalised intangible assets and other short-term timing differences. The directors are of the opinion that based on recent and forecast 
trading, it is probable that the level of profits in the future years are sufficient to enable the asset to be recovered.

No deferred tax liability is recognised on temporary differences of £24,363,000 (2008: £121,912,000) relating to the unremitted earnings of overseas 
subsidiaries as the group is able to control the timing of the reversal of these temporary differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future. The temporary differences at September 30 2009 are significantly reduced from the previous year as a result of a change to UK tax 
legislation which largely exempts from UK tax, overseas dividends received on or after July 1 2009. The temporary differences at September 30 2009 
represent only the unremitted earnings of those overseas subsidiaries where remittance to the UK of those earnings may still result in a tax liability, 
principally as a result of dividend withholding taxes levied by the overseas tax jurisdictions in which these subsidiaries operate.

22  Called up share capital

Authorised 
137,365,200 ordinary shares of 0.25p each   

(2008: 137,365,200 ordinary shares of 0.25p each) 

Allotted, called up and fully paid 
113,757,463 ordinary shares of 0.25p each   

(2008: 105,300,896 ordinary shares of 0.25p each) 

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

 343  

 343 

 284  

 263

During the year, 8,456,567 ordinary shares of 0.25p each (2008: 2,328,418 ordinary shares) with an aggregate nominal value of £21,141 (2008: £5,821) 
were issued as follows: 6,257,957 ordinary shares (2008: nil) under the company’s 2008 scrip dividend alternative for a cash consideration of £nil (2008: 
£nil) and 2,198,610 ordinary shares (2008: 2,328,418 ordinary shares) following the exercise of share options granted under the company’s share option 
schemes for a cash consideration of £5,497 (2008: £71,680).

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

23  Share-based payments

Equity settled options
The following options are outstanding at September 30 and are options to subscribe for new ordinary shares of 0.25p each in the company:

Number of ordinary shares under option: 2009

  Granted/ 
  (trued-up) 

Lapsed 
2008  during year  during year  during year 

Exercised 

 140,000  
 160,000  
 540,000  
 111,648  
 204,000  
 110,000  
 356,000  
 319,000  
 1,121  
 70,869  
 70,138  
 92,312  
 –  
 190,780  
 2,500,000  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 445,322  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 (115,779) 
 (258,731)   (2,082,831) 
 –  

 –    1,521,498‡ 

 (140,000) 
 (160,000) 
 (540,000) 
 (8,000) 
 (15,000) 
 (4,000) 
 (12,000) 
 (28,000) 
 (1,121) 
 (70,869) 
 (43,110) 
 (48,341) 
 (54,612) 
 –  
 –  
 –  

  Weighted
average
market
price at
Option 
date of
price (£)  exercise (£)

 4.19  
 3.96  
 4.31  
 5.63  
 5.38  
 3.35  
 2.59  
 4.19  
 3.38  
 3.69  
 4.19  
 3.18  
 1.87  
 0.0025  
 0.0025  
 0.0025  

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 2.01 
 1.85 
 – 

2009 

 –  
 –  
 –  
 103,648  
 189,000  
 106,000  
 344,000  
 291,000  
 –  
 –  
 27,028  
 43,971  
 390,710  
 75,001  
 158,438  
 1,521,498  

Period during which option may be exercised: 
Before January 28 2009  
Before February 10 2009  
Before June 24 2009  
Before January 4 2010  
Before March 1 2011  
Before January 22 2012 
Before December 3 2012 
Before January 27 2014 
Between February 1 2008 and July 31 2008 
Between February 1 2009 and July 31 2009 
Between February 1 2010 and July 31 2010 
Between February 1 2011 and July 31 2011 
Between February 1 2012 and July 31 2012 
Before September 30 20141 
Before September 30 20141 
Before September 30 20141 

 4,865,868    1,708,089    (2,198,610)   (1,125,053)  3,250,294

 The options outstanding at September 30 2009 had a weighted average exercise price of £1.55 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 
3.97 years.

‡  Options granted relate to those that are likely to be issued under the third (and final) tranche of the CAP 2004 which vest on February 12 2010, three months 
following the announcement of the company’s results. The number of options granted is provisional and will primarily require a true-up to reflect adjustments 
of the individual businesses profits during the period to December 31 2009 as required by the Remuneration Committee. As such the actual number of options 
vested could vary from that disclosed.

Number of ordinary shares under option: 2008

Lapsed 
2007  during year  during year  during year 

Exercised 

Granted 

  Weighted
average
market
price at
Option 
date of
price (£)  exercise (£)

2008 

Period during which option may be exercised: 
Before January 6 2008  
Before January 28 2009  
Before February 10 2009  
Before June 24 2009  
Before January 4 2010  
Before March 1 2011  
Before January 22 2012 
Before December 3 2012 
Before January 27 2014 
Before July 31 2007 
Between February 1 2008 and July 31 2008 
Between February 1 2009 and July 31 2009 
Between February 1 2010 and July 31 2010 
Between February 1 2011 and July 31 2011 
Before September 30 20141 
Before September 30 20141 

 17,984  
 150,000  
 160,000  
 540,000  
 119,648  
 209,000  
 116,000  
 376,000  
 335,000  
 1,138  
 26,143  
 77,250  
 125,563  
 –  
 2,500,000  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 119,410  
 –  
 2,500,000  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
(1,138)  
(16,607)  
 –  
(1,453)  
 –  
(2,309,220)  
 –  

(17,984)  
(10,000)  
 –  
 –  
(8,000)  
(5,000)  
(6,000)  
(20,000)  
(16,000)  
 –  
(8,415)  
(6,381)  
(53,972)  
(27,098)  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 140,000  
 160,000  
 540,000  
 111,648  
 204,000  
 110,000  
 356,000  
 319,000  
 –  
 1,121  
 70,869  
 70,138  
 92,312  
 190,780  
 2,500,000  

 4,753,726  

 2,619,410  

(2,328,418)  

(178,850)    4,865,868  

 3.96  
 4.19  
 3.96  
 4.31  
 5.63  
 5.38  
 3.35  
 2.59  
 4.19  
 3.24  
 3.38  
 3.69  
 4.19  
 3.18  
 0.0025  
 0.0025  

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 5.10 
 3.98 
 – 
 5.10 
 – 
 3.85 
 – 

 The options outstanding at September 30 2008 had a weighted average exercise price of £1.80 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 4.37 years.

1   CAP 2004 options shown in the above tables relate to those options that have vested only (see page 37 in the Directors’ Remuneration Report for further 

information on CAP 2004 options).

86

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23  Share-based payments continued
Capital Appreciation Plan 2004 (CAP 2004)
The CAP 2004 executive share option scheme was approved by shareholders on February 1 2005. Each of the CAP awards comprises an option to 
subscribe  for  ordinary  shares  of  0.25p  each  in  the  company  for  an  exercise  price  of  0.25p  per  ordinary  share.  The  awards  become  exercisable  on 
satisfaction  of  certain  performance  conditions  and  lapse  to  the  extent  unexercised  on  September  30  2014.  The  initial  performance  condition  was 
achieved in the financial year 2007 and the option pool (a maximum of 7.5 million shares) was allocated between the holders of outstanding awards. 
One third of the awards vested immediately. The primary performance target was achieved again in 2008 and, after applying the additional performance 
condition, 2,241,269 options from the second tranche of options vested in February 2009. The primary performance target was also achieved this year 
and 1,521,498 options for the third (final) tranche of options in 2009 will vest in February 2010, the maximum number of options potentially vesting 
adjusted for the businesses not achieving the additional performance criteria (page 37). For those individual participants businesses where the additional 
performance conditions for the second and final tranche have not been met, the vesting is deferred until the profits are at least 75% of that achieved in 
2007 but no later than by reference to the year ending September 30 2012.

Share Option Schemes
The group has 11 share option schemes for which an IFRS2 ‘Share based payments’ charge has been recognised. Details of these schemes are set out in 
the Directors Remuneration report on pages 36 and 37. The fair value per option granted and the assumptions used in the calculation are shown below:

The executive and Save as You Earn Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatility was determined by calculating 
the historical volatility of the group’s share price over a period of 12 years. The executive options’ fair values have been discounted at a rate of 10% to 
reflect their performance conditions. The expected term of the option used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for 
the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. The credit recognised in the year in respect of these options was 
£142,000 (2008: expense £281,000).

Executive Options 

8 

SAYE
9 

10

Date of grant 

Market value at date of grant (p) 
Option price (p) 
Number of share options outstanding 
Option life (years) 
Expected term of option (grant to exercise (years)) 
Exercise price (p) 
Risk-free rate 
Dividend yield 
Volatility 
Fair value per option (£) 

December 4 
2002 

January 28 
2004 

259 
259 
344,000 
10 
5.5 
259 
4.10% 
3.93% 
30% 
0.52 

419 
419 
291,000 
10 
5.5 
419 
4.10% 
3.93% 
30% 
0.72 

January 5  December 17  December 19
2008

2007 

2007 

524 
419 
27,028 
 3.5  
 3  
419 
4.75% 
3.35% 
30% 
1.51 

397 
318 
43,971 
 3.5  
 3  
318 
4.25% 
3.35% 
30% 
1.13 

233
187
390,710
3.5
3
187
5.00%
5.65%
30%
0.58

The CAP options were valued using a fair value model that adjusted the share price at the date of grant for the net present value of expected future 
dividend streams up to the date of expected exercise. Under IFRS 2, Internet Securities, Inc. options are classified as cash settled options. As such their 
related fair value equates to the fair value at the balance sheet date. For both these option schemes, the expected term of the option used in the models 
has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. The 
share based expense recognised in the year for the CAP 2004 options was £3,112,000 (2008: £4,658,000), and for Internet Securities, Inc. options was 
a credit of £273,000 (2008: expense £422,000).

Date of grant 

Market value at date of grant (p) 
Option price (p) 
Number of share options outstanding 
Option life (years) 
Expected term of option (grant to exercise (years)) 
Exercise price (p) 
Risk-free rate 
Dividend growth 
Fair value per option (£) 

Tranche 1 

June 20 
2005 

401 
0.25 
75,001 
10 
3.28 
0.25 
5.0% 
8.44% 
3.28 

CAP 2004 
Tranche 2 

Tranche 3 

Internet Securities, Inc. (cash settled options)

June 20 
2005 

401 
0.25 
158,438 
10 
4.53 
0.25 
5.0% 
8.44% 
3.02 

June 20 
2005 

February 2 
2004 

May 11 
2005 

February 28
2006

401 
0.25 
1,521,498 
10 
5.53 
0.25 
5.0% 
8.44% 
2.82 

n/a 
n/a 
25,846 
10 
6.5 
US$7.07 
n/a 
n/a 
US$12.28 

n/a 
n/a 
926 
10 
5.5 
US$8.72 
n/a 
n/a 
US$12.28 

n/a
n/a
38,501
10
4.5
US$13.10
n/a
n/a
US$12.28

The Internet Securities, Inc. (ISI) options are over shares of ISI. The ISI options outstanding at September 30 2009 had a weighted average exercise price 
of $9.37 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 2.11 years.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

87

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

24  Statement of movement on reserves

Share  

  premium   Other  
reserve 
  account  
£000’s 
£000’s 

  Capital 
  redemp-  
tion  
reserve  
£000’s 

At September 30 2007 
Retained profit for the year 
Recognition of acquisition option commitments 
Exercise of acquisition option commitments 
Exchange differences arising on translation of 

net investments in overseas subsidiary undertakings   

Net exchange differences on foreign currency loans 
Change in fair value of hedges 
Transfer of gain on cash flow hedges from fair 

value reserves to income statement 
Change in fair value of intangible assets 
Credit for share-based payments 
Dividends paid 
Change in actuarial assumptions in defined 

benefit scheme 

Exercise of share options 
Tax on items going through reserves 

At September 30 2008 
Retained loss for the year 
Exercise of acquisition option commitments 
Exchange differences arising on translation of 

net investments in overseas subsidiary undertakings   

Net exchange differences on foreign currency loans 
Change in fair value of hedges 
Transfer of loss on cash flow hedges from fair 

value reserves to income statement 
Change in fair value of intangible assets 
Credit for share-based payments 
Scrip/cash dividends paid 
Change in actuarial assumptions in defined 

benefit scheme 

Tax on items going through reserves 

 38,509  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 64,981  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 66  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

38,575 
 –  
 –  

 64,981  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 13,870  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

At September 30 2009 

52,445 

64,981 

 8  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

8 
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

8 

  Liability  
  for share 
based 
shares  payments 
£000’s 
£000’s 

Own  

 (74) 
 –  
 –  
 –  

 15,737  
 –  
 –  
 –  

Fair 
value 
reserve 
£000’s 

Trans- 
lation  Retained  
reserve  earnings 
£000’s 
£000’s 

 18,176    (15,335)   (69,975) 
 43,719  
 (500) 
 6,919  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

Total 
£000’s

 52,027 
 43,719 
 (500)
 6,919 

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –    (19,115) 
 –    (17,455) 

 32,448  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 32,448 
 –    (19,115)
 –    (17,455)

 –  
 –  
 4,939  
 –  

 (2,877) 
 1,692  
 –  
 –  

 (2,877)
 –  
 –  
 1,692 
 –  
 –  
 –  
 4,939 
 –  
 –    (19,950)   (19,950)

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 1,589  
 –  
 1,282  

 1,589 
 66 
 1,282 

 (74)  20,676 
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 (19,579)  17,113 
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 (36,916)  84,784
 (6,287)
 20,939 

 (6,287) 
 20,939  

 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –    (16,690) 
 (9,285) 
 –  

 27,621  
 –  
 –  

 27,621 
 –  
 –    (16,690)
 (9,285)
 –  

 –  
 –  
 2,970  
 –  

 3,502  
 2,544  
 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –    (20,657) 

 3,502 
 2,544 
 2,970 
 (6,787)

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 –  

 (3,382) 
 3,792  

 (3,382)
 3,792 

 (74)  23,646 

 (39,508)  44,734 

 (42,511)  103,721

The investment in own shares is held by the Euromoney Employees’ Share Ownership Trust (ESOT). At September 30 2009 the ESOT held 58,976 shares 
(2008: 58,976 shares) carried at a historic cost of £1.25 per share with a market value of £220,000 (2008: £192,000).  The trust waived the rights to 
receive dividends. Interest and administrative costs are charged to the profit and loss account of the ESOT as incurred.

The other reserve represents the share premium arising on the shares issued for the purchase of Metal Bulletin plc in October 2006.

25  Acquisition option commitments
The group is party to a number of put options over the remaining minority interests in some of its subsidiaries. IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments’ requires 
the recognition of acquisition liabilities. The group regularly performs a review of the underlying businesses with option commitments and in 2009 the 
review resulted in a net increase in the fair value of the group’s option commitments of £2,202,000 (2008: £1,730,000). This increase is reported as 
finance expense in the income statement. No new option commitments (2008: £500,000) were recognised relating to subsidiaries acquired in the year 
and existing options have been exercised totalling £20,939,000 (2008: £6,919,000). As at September 30 2009, the discounted present value of the 
remaining put option commitments is £11,943,000 (2008: £29,848,000). These discounts are unwound as a notional interest charge to the income 
statement.

88

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26  Commitments
At September 30 the group has committed to make the following payments in respect of operating leases on land and buildings:

Within one year 
Between 2 and five years 
After 5 years 

2009 
£000’s 

 5,749  
 20,005  
 12,395  

 38,149  

2008
£000’s

5,623
18,519
15,619

39,761

The group’s operating leases do not include any significant leasing terms or conditions. 

At September 30 the group had contracted with tenants to receive the following payments in respect of operating leases on land and buildings: 

Within one year 
Between 2 and five years 
After 5 years 

2009 
£000’s 

 415  
 1,688  
 2,209  

 4,312  

2008
£000’s

 364 
 1,480 
 1,937 

 3,781

27  Retirement benefit schemes 
Defined contribution schemes
The group operates the following defined contribution schemes: Euromoney PensionSaver, Euromoney Pension Plan, the Metal Bulletin Group Personal 
Pension Plan in the UK and the 401(k) savings and investment plan in the US. It also participates in the Harmsworth Pension Scheme, a defined benefit 
scheme  which  is  operated  by  Daily  Mail  and  General  Trust  plc  (DMGT)  but  is  accounted  for  in  Euromoney  Institutional  Investor  PLC  as  a  defined 
contribution scheme.

The pension charge in respect of defined contribution schemes for the year ended September 30 comprised: 

Euromoney Pension Plan/PensionSaver 
Metal Bulletin Group Personal Pension Plan   
Private schemes 
Harmsworth Pension Scheme 

2009 
£000’s 

 971  
 35  
 1,063  
 207  

 2,276  

2008
£000’s

 575 
 39 
 801 
 203 

 1,618

Euromoney PensionSaver and Euromoney Pension Plan
Euromoney PensionSaver was launched on October 1 2008 to replace the Euromoney Pension Plan as the principal pension arrangement offered to 
employees  of  the  group.  Under  both  plans,  contributions  are  paid  by  the  employer  and  employees.  However,  Euromoney  PensionSaver  is  a  group 
personal pension arrangement rather than the trust-based arrangement used by the Euromoney Pension Plan. Under both schemes, employees are 
able to contribute a minimum of 3% of salary with an equal company contribution in the first three years of employment and thereafter at twice the 
employee contribution rate, up to a maximum employer contribution of 10% of salary. The Euromoney Pension Plan is a part of the DMGT Pension Trust, 
an umbrella trust under which DMGT UK trust-based defined contribution plans are held. Insured death benefits previously held under this trust have 
been transferred to a new trust-based arrangement specifically for life assurance purposes. 

The process of transferring out the remaining assets of the Euromoney Pension Plan is now in its final stages following which the Plan will be wound up.

Assets of both plans are invested in funds selected by members and held independently from the company’s finances. The investment and administration 
of both plans is undertaken by Fidelity Pension Management.

Metal Bulletin Group Personal Pension Plan
The  Metal  Bulletin  Group  Personal  Pension  Plan  is  a  defined  contribution  arrangement  under  which  contributions  are  paid  by  the  employer  and 
employees. The scheme is closed to new members.

The plan is contracted-in to the State Second Pension and its assets are invested under trust in funds selected by members and held independently from 
the company’s finances. The investment and administration of the plan is undertaken by Skandia Life Group.

Private schemes
Institutional  Investor,  Inc.  contributes  to  a  401(k)  savings  and  investment  plan  for  its  employees  which  is  administered  by  an  independent  investment 
provider. Employees are able to contribute up to 15% of salary with the company matching up to 50% of the employee contributions, up to 5% of salary.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

27  Retirement benefit schemes continued 
Stakeholder pensions
The company provides access to a stakeholder pension plan for relevant employees who are not eligible for other pension schemes operated by the group.

Harmsworth Pension Scheme
The Harmsworth Pension Scheme is a defined benefit scheme operated by DMGT providing service-related benefits based on final pensionable salary. The 
assets of the scheme are held independently from the company’s finances and are administered by a trustee company. The scheme is no longer offered 
to new employees of the company.

The  contributions  payable  to  the  scheme  are  determined  by  the  trustee  company  after  taking  advice  from  an  independent  qualified  actuary,  and 
following agreement with the company. The most recent actuarial valuation of the scheme, upon which the current contributions are based, was carried 
out as at March 31 2007 using the projected unit credit method.

On  September  14  2009  DMGT  announced  a  number  of  changes  affecting  the  Harmsworth  Pension  Scheme  that  are  designed  to  help  secure  the 
financial health of this scheme into the future and to control the cost of its operation. DMGT decided that the scheme would remain open for future 
accrual of  pension benefits for current  employees. However, from October 1 2009 new employees will no longer be offered the option to transfer 
from PensionSaver plans to the Harmsworth Pension Scheme after five years’ service. Existing members of the scheme will continue to be able to earn 
additional pension benefits in the scheme but their pay increases counting towards pension will be limited to those at or below the prevailing rate of 
inflation, with inflation capped at 5%. In addition, the company plans to introduce a series of measures principally designed to limit the company’s 
exposure to people living longer than is expected. The measures will be discussed with scheme trustees and a formal process of employee consultation 
will begin as soon as the proposals have been finalised.

The funding strategy agreed with the Trustee of the principal scheme made allowance for assumed future investment returns on the scheme’s assets of 
3.3% p.a. above price inflation, compared with the real return of some 2.6% p.a. implicit within the calculation of the Technical Provisions (i.e. the value 
of the scheme’s benefit liabilities). DMGT agreed with the Trustee that this margin would be covered by a contingent asset and DMGT has put in place 
a letter of credit (to be updated annually) of an amount sufficient to cover any potential shortfall in this additional investment return arising prior to the 
next triennial valuation. As at October 4 2009, the letter of credit had a value of £32.1 million (2008: £21.8 million). 

Cash contributions paid by the Company to the Harmsworth Pension Scheme as required by the schedule of contributions remain at the same level of 
18.0% of members’ scheme salaries (2008: 18.0%) with employees contributing either 5% or 7.5% depending on which section of the scheme they are 
in. However, since January 1 2009 a majority of members have agreed to a salary sacrifice arrangement whereby the company pays the equivalent of the 
employee’s contribution in exchange for a corresponding reduction in salary. In addition, DMGT agreed to make a series of funding payments amounting 
to £3.2 million over a period of 27 months commencing in September 2009 in exchange for which the Trustees agreed to accept the cancellation of 
letters of credit that had been provided by DMGT following the merger of the two main pension schemes of the DMGT group in November 2007. The 
first payment of £1.0 million under this agreement was made on September 29 2009. Other key financial assumptions adopted were as follows:

Long-term assumed rate of: 
Price inflation 
Salary increases 
Pension increases (on excess over guaranteed minimum pension) 
Discount rate for accrued liabilities 

– Pre-retirement  
– Post-retirement 

2009 

2008

3.0% p.a. 
4.3% p.a. 
3.0% p.a. 

3.0% p.a.
4.3% p.a.
3.0% p.a.

6.4% p.a. 
4.8% p.a. 

6.4% p.a.
4.8% p.a.

The financial assumptions shown above used in the most recent actuarial valuation were selected to provide a basis for funding the schemes and are not 
intended to reflect the company’s experience or policy regarding pay in any one financial year.

The valuation of the scheme showed that the combined accumulated assets of the scheme as at March 31 2007 represented 99% of the scheme’s 
Technical Provisions in respect of past service benefits. However, in common with the majority of defined benefit schemes, there was a sharp deterioration 
over the following twelve months, with the equivalent funding level falling to 84% as at March 31 2008. 

Members are able to make additional voluntary contributions (AVCs) into unit-linked funds held within each scheme. No benefit obligation arises to the DMGT, 
or the company, from these AVCs and the related unit-linked AVC assets have been excluded from the valuation of assets and liabilities reported below.

The group’s pension charge for the Harmsworth Pension Scheme for the year ended September 30 2009 was £207,000 (2008: £203,000).  

The  group  is  unable  to  identify  its  share  of  the  underlying  assets  and  liabilities  in  the  Harmsworth  Pension  Scheme.  The  scheme  is  operated  on  an 
aggregate  basis  with  no  segregation  of  the  assets  to  individual  participating  employers  and,  therefore,  the  same  contribution  rate  is  charged  to  all 
participating employers (i.e. the contribution rate charged to each employer is affected by the experience of the schemes as a whole). The scheme is 
therefore accounted for as a defined contribution scheme by the company. This means that the pension charge reported in these financial statements is 
the same as the cash contributions due in the period.

90

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
27  Retirement benefit schemes continued
The  ultimate  parent  company,  DMGT,  is  required  to  account  for  the  Harmsworth  Pension  Scheme  under  IAS  19  ‘Employee  Benefits’.  The 
IAS 19 disclosures in the Annual Report and Accounts of DMGT have been based on calculations performed as part of the work being carried out for 
the formal valuation of the scheme as at March 31 2007, and adjusted to October 4 2009 by the actuary. The calculations are adjusted to allow for the 
assumptions and actuarial methodology required by IAS 19.  These showed that the market value of the scheme’s assets was £1,228.4 million (2008: 
£1,322.5 million) and that the actuarial value of these assets represented 78% (2008: 99%) of the benefits that had accrued to members (also calculated 
in accordance with IAS 19). 

Defined benefit scheme
The company operates the Metal Bulletin plc Pension Scheme (closed to new members), a defined benefit scheme.

Metal Bulletin plc Pension Scheme
The Metal Bulletin plc Pension Scheme (MBPS) is a defined benefit scheme providing service-related benefits based on final pensionable salary. The assets 
of the scheme are held independently from the company’s finances, being invested with the Norwich Union Life Insurance Society, Schroder Investment 
Management Ltd, and certain other specific investments managed directly by the Trustees. Contributions to the scheme are charged to the income 
statement so as to spread the cost of pensions over employees’ working lives with the group. The contributions are determined by an independent 
qualified actuary on the basis of triennial valuations using the attained age method. The most recent actuarial valuation of the scheme, upon which the 
current contributions are based, was carried out as at June 1 2007.

The company cash contribution rate to the scheme during the year was 22.8% (2008: 22.8%) of pensionable salaries. 

This MBPS is closed to new members. The figures in this note are based on calculations carried out in connection with the actuarial valuation of the 
scheme as at June 1 2007 and adjusted to September 30 2009 by the actuary. The key financial assumptions adopted were as follows:

Long-term assumed rate of: 
Pensionable salary growth 
Pension escalation in payment (pre January 1997 members) 
Pension escalation in payment (pensions earned from May 30 2002 to June 30 2006) 
(post January 1997 members) 
Pension escalation in payment (pensions earned from June 30 2006) (post January 1997 members) 
Discount rate for accrued liabilities 
Inflation 
Pension increase in deferment 

2009 

2008

4.4% p.a. 
5.0% p.a. 

5.0% p.a.
5.0% p.a.

3.1% p.a. 
2.5% p.a. 
5.6% p.a. 
3.1% p.a. 
3.1% p.a. 

3.7% p.a.
2.5% p.a.
7.0% p.a.
3.7% p.a.
3.7% p.a.

The discount rate for scheme liabilities reflects yields at the balance sheet date on high quality corporate bonds. All assumptions were selected after 
taking actuarial advice. 

The fair value of the assets held by the MBPS and the long-term expected rate of return on each class of assets are shown in the following 
table:

2009 
Value at September 30 2009 (£’000) 
% of assets held 
Long-term rate of return expected at September 30 2009 

Equities 

5,474 
25.4% 
8.00% 

  With profits
policy 

Bonds 

Cash 

Total

 11,616  
53.9% 
5.50% 

 2,091  
9.7% 
5.75% 

 2,371  
11.0% 
3.50% 

 21,552 
100.0%

Equities 

Bonds 

With profits
policy 

Cash 

Total

2008 
Value at September 30 2008 (£’000) 
% of assets held 
Long-term rate of return expected at September 30 2008 

 4,449  
22.8% 
8.70% 

 7,512  
38.5% 
5.00% 

 2,400  
12.3% 
5.75% 

 5,151  
26.4% 
5.00% 

 19,512 
100.0%

A reconciliation of the net pension surplus reported in the balance sheet is shown in the following table: 

Present value of defined benefit obligation   
Assets at fair value 

(Deficit)/surplus reported in the balance sheet 

2009 
£000’s 

 (21,916) 
 21,552  

2008
£000’s

 (16,985)
 19,512 

 (364) 

 2,527

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

27  Retirement benefit schemes continued
Metal Bulletin plc Pension Scheme continued 
The International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee, in its document IFRIC 14, has interpreted the extent to which a company can recognise 
a pension surplus on its balance sheet. In 2008, having taken account of the rules of the scheme, the fact that the scheme remains open to new accrual, 
and the levels of service cost and cash contributions, the company considered that recognition of the scheme’s surplus on its balance sheet at September 
30 2008 was in accordance with the interpretations of IFRIC 14. 

The deficit for the year excludes a related deferred tax asset of £102,000 (2008: liability £708,000).

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:

Present value of obligation at September 30  
Service cost 
Interest cost 
Benefits paid 
Members contributions 
Actuarial movement 

2009 
£000’s 

 (16,985) 
 (75) 
 (1,189) 
 490  
 (15) 
 (4,142) 

2008
£000’s

 (19,501)
 (85)
 (1,150)
 463 
 (19)
 3,307 

Present value of obligation at September 30 

 (21,916) 

 (16,985)

Changes in the fair value of plan assets are as follows: 

Fair value of plan assets at September 30 
Expected return on plan assets 
Contributions: 
Employer 
Members 

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets   
Benefits paid 

Fair value of plan assets at September 30 

2009 
£000’s 

 19,512  
 1,162  

 593  
 15  
 760  
 (490) 

2008
£000’s

 19,865 
 1,172 

 637 
 19 
 (1,718)
 (463)

 21,552  

 19,512 

The actual return on plan assets was a gain of £1,922,000 (2008: loss £546,000) representing the expected return plus the associated actuarial gain or 
loss during the year. 

The amounts charged to the income statement based on the above assumptions are as follows:

Current service costs (charged to administrative costs) 
Interest cost (note 7) 
Expected return on plan assets (note 7) 

Total charge recognised in income statement 

2009 
£000’s 

 75  
 1,189  
 (1,162) 

 102  

2008
£000’s

 85 
 1,150 
 (1,172)

 63

Pension costs and the size of any pension surplus or deficit are sensitive to the assumptions adopted. The table below indicates the effect of changes in 
the principal assumptions used above.

Mortality 
Change in pension obligation at September 30 from a 1 year change in life expectancy 
Change in pension cost from a 1 year change 
Salary increases  
Change in pension obligation at September 30 from a 0.25% change 
Change in pension cost from a 0.25% year change 
Discount rate 
Change in pension obligation at September 30 from a 0.1% change 
Change in pension cost from a 0.1% change 
Inflation 
Change in pension obligation at September 30 from a 0.1% change 
Change in pension cost from a 0.1% change 

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

 548  
 33  

 44  
 5  

 416  
 4  

 197  
 11  

346
25

26
4

290
5

n/a
n/a

+/- 
+/- 

+/- 

+/- 

+/- 

92

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27  Retirement benefit schemes continued
Metal Bulletin plc Pension Scheme continued 
Amounts recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense (SORIE) are shown in the following table:

Actual return less expected return on pension scheme assets   
Experience adjustments on liabilities 
Gains arising from changes in assumptions   

Total gains recognised in SORIE 
Cumulative actuarial gain recognised in SORIE at beginning of year 

Cumulative actuarial gain recognised in SORIE at end of year 

History of experience gains and losses: 

Present value of defined benefit obligation   
Fair value of scheme assets 

(Deficit)/surplus in scheme  

Experience adjustments on defined benefit obligation 
Percentage of present value of defined benefit obligation 
Experience adjustments on fair value of scheme assets 
Percentage of the fair value of the scheme assets 

2009 
£000’s 

 760  
 (18) 
 (4,124) 

 (3,382) 
 5,747  

 2,365  

2008
£000’s

 (1,717)
 (36)
 3,342 

 1,589 
 4,158 

 5,747 

2009 
£000’s 

 (21,916) 
 21,552  

2008 
£000’s 

 (16,985) 
 19,512  

2007
£000’s

 (19,501)
 19,865 

 (364) 

 2,527  

 (18) 
0.1% 

 760  
(3.5%) 

 (36) 
0.2% 

 (1,717) 

8.8% 

 364 

 498 

2.6%

 792 
(4.0%)

The group expects to contribute approximately £577,000 (2008: expected contribution in 2009 of £614,000) to the MBPS during the 2010 financial year.

28  Contingent liabilities and assets 
Claims in Malaysia
Four writs claiming damages for libel were issued in Malaysia against the company and three of its employees in respect of an article published in one of 
the company’s magazines, International Commercial Litigation, in November 1995. The writs were served on the company on October 22 1996. Two of 
these writs have been discontinued. The total outstanding amount claimed on the two remaining writs is Malaysian ringgits 82.0 million (£14,804,000). 
No provision has been made for these claims in these financial statements as the directors do not believe the company has any material liability in respect 
of these writs.

29  Related party transactions 
The group has taken advantage of the exemption allowed under IAS 24 ‘Related party disclosures’ not to disclose transactions and balances between 
group companies that have been eliminated on consolidation. Other related party transactions and balances are detailed below:

(i)  The group has a credit agreement with DMG Jersey Finance Limited (note 19). As at September 30 2009 the amounts owing under the facility were: 
$238,488,000 (£149,111,000) (2008: $243,155,000 (£136,413,000)), and £22,293,000 (2008: £48,181,000). A commitment fee of £319,000 
(2008: £191,000) was paid on the unused portion of the available facility. 

(ii)  The group expensed £324,000 (2008: £237,400) for services provided by Daily Mail and General Trust plc.

(iii)  At September 30 2009 the group had £143,290,000 (2008: £154,788,000) fixed rate interest rate swaps outstanding with Daily Mail and General 
Holdings Limited amounting to $170,000,000 (2008: $185,000,000) at interest rates between 1.4% and 5.4% and termination dates between 
March 30 2010 and March 28 2013 and £37,000,000 (2008: £51,000,000) at interest rates between 4.9% and 6.2% and termination dates 
between March 30 2010 and September 28 2012. During the year the group paid $4,721,000 (2008: paid $1,263,000) and received £1,226,000 
(2008: £124,000) of interest from Daily Mail and General Holdings Limited and related companies in respect of interest rate swaps.

(iv)  In September 2008, the group agreed a loan facility from Daily Mail & General Investment Limited and provided the same loan facility to Bouverie 
Holdings Inc, a DMGT group company. During the year the group paid and received $40,315,000 (£24,935,000), including principal and interest. 
The amount owing and receivable at September 30 2009 was $nil (2008: $40,315,000 (£22,617,000)).

(v) 

In April 2008, the group agreed a loan facility from Daily Mail and General Holdings Limited and granted a loan facility to Harmsworth Quays 
Printing Limited. During the year the group paid £153,448,000 and received ¥28,407,310,000 (£197,630,000) respectively, including principal and 
interest. The amount owing at September 30 2009 was £nil and receivable at September 30 2009 was ¥nil (2008: owing £133,155,000; receivable 
¥25,159,696,000 (£133,155,000)).

At  the  same  time  last  year,  the  group  entered  into  a  swap  agreement  with  Harmsworth  Quays  Printing  Ltd  to  buy  ¥53,925,947,000  and  sell 
£316,051,000.  These  swaps  were  closed  in  October  2008  with  offset  deals  and  resulted  in  a  loss  during  the  year  of  £45,315,000,  of  which 
£21,409,000 was settled during the year and £23,906,000 is due for payment on October 2 2009.

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Accounts  continued

29  Related party transactions continued
(vi)  There is an annual put option agreement over the sale of Internet Securities, Inc. (ISI) shares between the company and GG Mueller, a director of the 
company. The annual put option value is based on the valuation of ISI as determined by an independent financial adviser. Under the terms of the 
agreement consideration caps have been put in place that require the maximum consideration payable to option holders to be capped at an amount 
such that the results of any relevant class tests would, at the relevant time, fall below the requirement for shareholder approval.

In February 2009, under the put option agreement, GG Mueller sold 220,000 ISI shares valued at $12.28 for a total consideration of $2,701,600. 
Also in February, JC Botts, a non-executive director, exercised 6,000 ISI options with an exercise price of $7.04 and sold the shares under the above 
put option mechanism at $12.28 per share for a total consideration of $73,680 realising a gain of $29,290. No ISI shares or options were sold or 
exercised by GG Mueller or JC Botts in the year to September 2008.

(vii) The compensation paid or payable for key management is set out below. Key management includes the executive and non-executive directors as set 

out in the remuneration report and other key divisional directors who are not on the board.

Key management compensation

Salaries and short-term employee benefits 
Non-executive director’s fees 
Post-employment benefits 
Other long-term benefits (all share-based) 

Of which: 

Executive directors 
Non-executive directors 
Divisional directors 

2009 
£000’s 

 12,969  
 161  
 180  
 1,196  

 14,506  

 11,043  
 161  
 3,302  

 14,506  

2008
£000’s

 15,451 
 178 
 170 
 1,956 

 17,755 

 14,385 
 178 
 3,192 

 17,755 

Details of the remuneration of directors is given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

30  Events after the balance sheet date
The directors propose a final dividend of 7.75p per share (2008: 13.00p) totalling £8,816,000 (2008: £13,689,000) for the year ended September 30 
2009. The dividend will be submitted for formal approval at the Annual General Meeting to be held on January 21 2010. In accordance with IAS 10 
‘Events after the balance sheet date’, these financial statements do not reflect this dividend payable but will be accounted for in shareholders’ equity as 
an appropriation of retained earnings in the year ending September 30 2010. During 2009, a final dividend of 13.00p (2008: 13.00p) per share totalling 
£13,697,000 (2008: £13,388,000) was paid in respect of the dividend declared for the year ended September 30 2008. 

There were no other events after the balance sheet date.

31  Ultimate parent undertaking and controlling party
The directors regard the ultimate parent undertaking as Rothermere Continuation Limited, which is incorporated in Bermuda. The ultimate controlling 
party is The Viscount Rothermere. The largest and smallest group of which the company is a member and for which group accounts are drawn up 
is that of Daily Mail and General Trust plc, incorporated in Great Britain and registered in England and Wales. Copies of the report and accounts are
available from:

The Company Secretary
Daily Mail and General Trust plc
Northcliffe House, 2 Derry Street
London W8 5TT

www.dmgt.co.uk

94

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditors’ Company Report

Independent auditors’ report to the members of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC
We  have  audited  the  parent  company  financial  statements  of  Euromoney  Institutional  Investor  PLC  for  the  year  ended  September  30  2009  which 
comprise the Parent Company Balance Sheet and the related notes 1 to 20. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation 
is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with sections 495, 496 and 497 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit 
work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditors’ report 
and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the 
company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the parent company financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit the parent company financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s 
(APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the 
financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting 
policies are appropriate to the parent company’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of 
significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and the overall presentation of the financial statements.

Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion the parent company financial statements:
y  give a true and fair view of the state of the parent company’s affairs as at September 30 2009 and of its profit for the year then ended;
y  have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and
y  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:
y  the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and
y  the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the parent 

company financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
y  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not 

visited by us; or

y  the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting 

records and returns; or

y  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
y  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Other matter
We have reported separately on the group financial statements of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC for the year ended September 30 2009.

Ian Waller
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London, United Kingdom

November 11 2009

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

95

 
 
 
 
Company Balance Sheet 
as at September 30 2009   

Fixed assets 
Intangible assets 
Tangible assets 
Investments 
Derivative financial instruments 

Current assets 
Debtors 
Derivative financial instruments 

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Net current liabilities 

Total assets less current liabilities 
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves 
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Other reserve 
Capital redemption reserve 
Capital reserve 
Own shares 
Liability for share-based payments 
Fair value reserve 
Profit and loss account 

Equity shareholders’ funds 

Notes 

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

5 
6 
7 
16 

8 
16 

9 

9 

12 
14 
14 
14 
14 
14 
14 
14 
14 

17 

 2,765  
 13,832  
 791,948  
 121  

 2,765 
 14,463 
 658,498 
 189 

 808,666  

 675,915 

 334,807  
 201  

 335,008  
(633,738)  

 128,251 
 12,918 

 141,169 
(540,839) 

(298,730)  

(399,670) 

 509,936  
(187,020)  

 276,245 
(11,996) 

 322,916  

 264,249 

 284  
 52,445  
 64,981  
 8  
 1,842  
(74)  
 14,457  
(10,228)  
 199,201  

 263 
 38,575 
 64,981 
 8 
 1,842 
(74) 
 12,251 
(6,286) 
 152,689 

 322,916  

 264,249

Euromoney  Institutional  Investor  PLC  has  taken  advantage  of  section  408  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  and  has  not  included  its  own  profit  and 
loss account in these accounts. The profit after taxation of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC included in the group loss for the year is £67,169,000 
(2008: £37,201,000).

The accounts were approved by the board of directors on November 11 2009.

Richard Ensor 
Colin Jones
Directors

96

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Accounts

1  Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The accounts have been prepared under the historical cost convention except for derivatives financial instruments which have been measured at fair 
value and in accordance with applicable United Kingdom accounting standards and the United Kingdom Companies Act 2006. The according policies 
set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently through current and prior year.

The  company  has  taken  advantage  of  the  exemption  from  presenting  a  cash  flow  statement  under  the  terms  of  FRS  1  (Revised)  ‘Cash 
Flow Statements’.

The company is also exempt under the terms of FRS 8 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ from disclosing related party transactions with entities that are 100% 
owned by the group.

Further, the company, as a parent company of a group drawing up consolidated financial statements that meet the requirements of IFRS 7, is exempt 
from disclosures that comply with its UK GAAP equivalent, FRS 29 ‘Financial Statements: Disclosures’.

Going concern, debt covenants and liquidity
The financial position of the company are set out in detail in this annual report. The company meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through 
the group’s $400 million dedicated multi-currency borrowing facility with Daily Mail and General Trust plc group of which the company is a part. The 
facility is divided into four quantums of sterling and US dollar funds with three and five year terms with a total maximum borrowing capacity of $310 
million (£194 million) and £59 million respectively. The facility’s covenant requires the group’s net debt to be no more than four times adjusted EBITDA 
on a rolling 12 month basis. At September 30 2009, the group’s net debt to adjusted EBITDA was 1.99 times and the uncommitted undrawn facility 
available to the group was £81.4 million. The three year quantums of the facility are due for renewal in December 2011 and the five year quantums in 
December 2013.

The current economic conditions create uncertainty particularly over: a) the level of demand for the group’s products; b) the exchange rate between 
sterling and US dollars and the impact on the translation of US dollar profits and losses from its US-dollar-based businesses and transactions, including 
the gains or losses from the group’s forward contracts used to partially hedge these; and c) the availability of bank finance in the foreseeable future.

The group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading performance, show that the group should be able to 
operate within the level and covenants of its current borrowing facility and continue to provide support to the company. 

After making enquiries, the directors have a reasonable expectation that the company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for 
the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the company’s accounts.

Turnover
Turnover represents income from advertising, subscriptions, sponsorship and delegate fees, net of value added tax.

y  Advertising revenues are recognised in the income statement on the date of publication.
y  Subscription revenues are recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the subscription.
y  Sponsorship and delegate revenues are recognised in the income statement over the period the event is run.

Turnover invoiced but relating to future periods are deferred and treated as deferred income in the balance sheet.

Leased assets
Operating lease rentals are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight-line or other systematic basis as allowed by SSAP 21 ‘Accounting for 
Leases and Hire Purchase Contracts’.

Pension schemes
Details of the company’s pension schemes are set out in note 27 to the group accounts. The company participates in the Harmsworth Pension Scheme, a 
defined benefit pension scheme which is operated by Daily Mail and General Trust plc. As there is no contractual agreement or stated policy for charging 
the net defined benefit cost for the plan as a whole to the individual entities, the company recognises an expense equal to its contributions payable in 
the period and does not recognise any unfunded liability of this pension scheme on its balance sheet.

Tangible fixed assets
Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss.

Depreciation of tangible fixed assets is provided on the straight-line basis over their expected useful lives at the following rates per year:

Freehold land 
Freehold buildings 
Short-term leasehold premises 
Office equipment 

do not depreciate
2%
over term of lease
11% - 33%

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

97

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Accounts  continued

1  Accounting policies continued
Goodwill
Where  the  company  has  divisionalised  the  unincorporated  businesses  of  its  subsidiaries,  the  investment  in  the  subsidiary  then  has  the 
substance  of  goodwill  and  is  reclassified  accordingly.  Goodwill  arising  in  these  circumstances  is  not  amortised  in  the  company  where  the 
directors  are  of  the  view  that  the  goodwill  has  an  indefinite  economic  life,  but  is  reviewed  annually  for  impairment.  The  non-amortisation 
of  goodwill  represents  a  departure  from  the  Companies  Act  2006  but  is  necessary  to  give  a  true  and  fair  view  under  the  provisions  of 
FRS  10  ‘Goodwill  and  Intangible  Assets’.  It  is  not  possible  to  quantify  the  impact  of  this  departure,  as  it  would  depend  on  the  life  adopted.  As  at 
September 30 2009, the total of such goodwill was £2,765,000 (2008: £2,765,000).

Taxation
Current tax, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax, is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax rates and laws that 
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred taxation is calculated under the provisions of FRS 19 ‘Deferred Taxation’, and is provided in full on timing differences that result in an obligation 
at the balance sheet date to pay more tax, or a right to pay less tax, at a future date, at rates expected to apply when the timing differences crystallise 
based on current tax rates and law. Deferred tax is not provided on timing differences on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries and associates where there 
is no commitment to remit these earnings. Deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will 
be recovered.

Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction or, if hedged forward, at the rate of exchange 
of the related foreign exchange contract. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rates ruling 
at the balance sheet date.

Derivatives and other financial instruments
The company uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to foreign exchange and interest rate risks, including forward foreign 
currency contracts and interest rate swaps.

All derivative instruments are recorded in the balance sheet at fair value. Recognition of gains or losses on derivative instruments depends on whether 
the instrument is designated as a hedge and the type of exposure it is designed to hedge. 

The effective portion of gains or losses on cash flow hedges are deferred in equity until the impact from the hedged item is recognised in the profit and 
loss account. The ineffective portion of such gains and losses is recognised in the profit and loss account immediately. 

Gains  or  losses  on  the  qualifying  part  of  net  investment  hedges  are  recognised  in  equity  together  with  the  gains  and  losses  on  the  underlying  net 
investment. The ineffective portion of such gains and losses is recognised in the profit and loss account immediately.

Changes in the fair value of the derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the profit and loss account 
as they arise.

The premium or discount on interest rate instruments is recognised as part of net interest payable over the period of the contract. Interest rate swaps 
are accounted for on an accruals basis.

Liabilities for put options over the remaining minority interests in subsidiaries are recorded in the balance sheet at their estimated discounted present 
value. These discounts are unwound and charged to the income statement as notional interest over the period up to the date of the potential future 
payment. In respect of options over further interests in joint ventures and associates, only movements in their fair value are recognised.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised and carried at original invoice amount, less provision for impairment. A provision is made and charged to the profit and 
loss account when there is objective evidence that the company will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms.

Cash at bank and in hand
Cash at bank and in hand includes cash, short-term deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months 
or less.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are approved by the company’s shareholders. Interim dividends are recorded in the 
period in which they are paid.

Provisions
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, and it is 
probable that economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If it is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future 
cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

98

Euromoney In stitutional Investor PLC

1  Accounting policies continued
Share-based payments
The  company  makes  share-based  payments  to  certain  employees.  These  payments  are  measured  at  their  estimated  fair  value  at  the  date  of  grant, 
calculated using an appropriate option pricing model. The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting 
period, based on the estimate of the number of shares that will eventually vest. At the period end the vesting assumptions are revisited and the charge 
associated with the fair value of these options updated. In accordance with the transitional provisions of FRS 20 ‘Share-based payments’ has been applied 
to all grants of options after November 7 2002, that were unvested at October 1 2004, the date of application of FRS 20.

2  Staff costs 

Salaries, wages and incentives 
Social security costs 
Pension contributions 
Share based compensation costs (note 13) 

2009 
£000’s 

 31,329  
 2,261  
 934  
 2,206  

 36,730  

2008
£000’s

 33,561 
 3,994 
 638 
 3,077 

 41,270

Details of directors’ remuneration are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 40 to 42 and in note 6 of the group accounts. 

The  ultimate  parent  company,  Daily  Mail  and  General  Trust  plc,  is  required  to  account  for  the  Harmsworth  Pension  Scheme  under  IAS 
19  ‘Employee  Benefits’.    The  IAS  19  disclosures  in  the  Annual  Report  and  Accounts  of  Daily  Mail  and  General  Trust  plc  have  been  based 
on  calculations  performed  as  part  of  the  work  being  carried  out  for  the  formal  valuation  of  the  scheme  as  at  March  31  2007,  and  adjusted  to 
September  30  2009  by  the  actuary.  The  calculations  are  adjusted  to  allow  for  the  assumptions  and  actuarial  methodology  required  by 
IAS  19.    These  showed  that  the  market  value  of  the  scheme’s  assets  was  £1,228.4  million  (2008:  £1,322.5  million)  and  that  the  actuarial  value  of 
these assets represented 78% (2008: 99%) of the benefits that had accrued to members (also calculated in accordance with IAS 19). The valuations 
and disclosures required under IAS 19 for the financial statements of Daily Mail and General Trust plc are not materially different to the valuations and 
disclosures required under FRS 17.

The  group  is  unable  to  identify  its  share  of  the  underlying  assets  and  liabilities  in  the  Harmsworth  Pension  Scheme.  The  scheme  is  operated  on  an 
aggregate  basis  with  no  segregation  of  the  assets  to  individual  participating  employers  and,  therefore,  the  same  contribution  rate  is  charged  to  all 
participating employers (i.e. the contribution rate charged to each employer is affected by the experience of the schemes as a whole). The scheme is 
therefore accounted for as a defined contribution scheme by the company. This means that the pension charge reported in these financial statements is 
the same as the cash contributions due in the period.

3  Number of staff (including directors and temporary staff)

Financial publishing 
Business publishing 
Training 
Conferences and seminars 
Databases and information services 
Central 

4  Remuneration of auditors

Fees payable for the audit of the company’s annual accounts   

5 

Intangible assets

Cost at October 1 2008 and September 30 2009 

Amortisation at October 1 2008 and September 30 2009  

Net book value at September 30 2008 and September 30 2009 

The company does not amortise its goodwill (note 1). 

2009 
Average  

2008
Average 

 162  
 144  
 80  
 106  
 45  
 229  

 766  

 202 
 148 
 96 
 113 
 38 
 213 

 810 

2009 
£000’s 

 486  

2008
£000’s

 593

Goodwill 
£000’s

 5,050 

 2,285 

 2,765 

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

99

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Accounts  continued

6  Tangible assets 

Cost 
At October 1 2008 
Additions 
Disposals 

At September 30 2009 

Depreciation 
At October 1 2008 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 

At September 30 2009 

Net book value at September 30 2009 

Net book value at September 30 2008 

7 

Investments

At October 1 2008 
Additions 
Disposals 
Impairment losses 

At September 30 2009 

  Freehold land  
 and buildings 
£000’s  

Short-term
leasehold 
premises 
£000’s  

Office 
equipment 
£000’s  

 6,357  
 26  
 –  

 6,383  

 37  
 81  
 –  

 118  

 6,265  

 6,320  

 8,912  
 19  
 (609) 

 8,322  

 3,211  
 415  
 (529) 

 3,097  

 5,225  

 5,701  

 8,311  
 507  
 (3,247) 

 5,571  

 5,869  
 607  
 (3,247) 

 3,229  

 2,342  

 2,442  

Total 
£000’s 

 23,580 
 552 
 (3,856)

 20,276 

 9,117 
 1,103 
 (3,776)

 6,444 

 13,832 

 14,463

Investments
in associated 
 undertakings 
£000’s  

 29  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 29  

Subsidiaries 
£000’s  

 658,469  
 450,711  
 (175,764) 
 (141,497) 

 791,919  

Total 
£000’s 

 658,498 
 450,711 
 (175,764)
 (141,497)

 791,948

Details of the principal subsidiary and associated undertakings of the company at September 30 2009 can be found in note 13 to the group accounts.

8  Debtors

Due within one year: 
Trade debtors 
Amounts owed by DMGT group undertakings 
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings   
Other debtors 
Deferred tax (note 11) 
Prepayments and accrued income 

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

 11,083  
 1,390  
 305,101  
 250  
 15,035  
 1,948  

 11,584 
 – 
 107,455 
 343 
 6,296 
 2,573 

 334,807  

 128,251

100

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9  Creditors

Due within one year: 
Committed facility (see note 19 in the group accounts) 
Bank overdraft 
Trade creditors 
Amounts owed to DMGT group undertakings 
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings 
Other creditors 
Corporation tax 
Accruals 
Deferred income 
Other taxation and social security  
Derivative financial instruments (note 16) 
Acquisition option commitments 
Loan notes 
Provisions (note 10) 

Due after more than one year: 
Committed facility (see note 19 in the group accounts) 
Provisions (note 10) 
Derivative financial instruments (note 16) 

10  Provisions

At October 1 2008 
Provision 
Used in the year 

At September 30 2009 

Maturity profile of provisions: 
Within 1 year 
Between 1 and 2 years 
Between 2 and 5 years 

Other provisions
The provision consists of social security arising on share option liabilities and dilapidations on leasehold properties. 

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

 –  
 12,445  
 1,515  
 2,523  
 560,013  
 8,686  
 –  
 20,266  
 9,958  
 981  
 8,918  
 1,354  
 5,719  
 1,360  

 184,594 
 5,880 
 1,582 
 158,947 
 120,817 
 3,484 
 1,892 
 24,997 
 22,784 
 1,101 
 5,006 
 978 
 7,579 
 1,198 

 633,738  

 540,839 

2009 
£000’s 

 171,404  
 1,653  
 13,963  

2008
£000’s

 – 
 2,872 
 9,124 

 187,020  

 11,996

Other 
provisions
£000’s

 4,070 
 (691)
 (366)

 3,013 

2008
£000’s

 1,198 
 1,198 
 1,674 

 4,070

2009 
£000’s 

 1,360  
 –  
1,653  

 3,013  

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009 101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Accounts  continued

11  Deferred tax
The deferred tax asset at September 30 2009 comprised: 

Accelerated capital allowances 
Tax losses 
Other short-term timing differences 

Provision for deferred tax 

Movement in deferred tax: 

Deferred tax asset at October 1 
Deferred tax credit in the profit and loss account 
Deferred tax credit to equity 

Deferred tax asset at September 30 

2009 
£000’s 

 (848) 
 7,307  
 8,576  

 15,035  

£000’s 

 6,296  
 6,092  
 2,647  

 15,035  

2008
£000’s

 (723)
 – 
 7,019 

 6,296 

£000’s

 3,826 
 1,707 
 763 

 6,296

A deferred tax asset of £15,035,000 (2008: £6,296,000) has been recognised in respect of depreciation in excess of UK capital allowances, tax losses 
and other short-term timing differences. The directors are of the opinion that based on recent and forecast trading, the level of profits in future years are 
more likely than not to be sufficient to enable the asset to be recovered.

12  Share capital

Authorised 
137,365,200 ordinary shares of 0.25p each   

(2008: 137,365,200 ordinary shares of 0.25p each) 

Allotted, called up and fully paid 
113,757,463 ordinary shares of 0.25p each   

(2008: 105,300,896 ordinary shares of 0.25p each) 

2009 
£000’s 

2008
£000’s

 343  

 343 

 284  

 263

During  the  year,  8,456,567  ordinary  shares  of  0.25p  each  (2008:  2,328,418  ordinary  shares)  with  an  aggregate  nominal  value  of 
£21,141 (2008: £5,821) were issued as follows: 6,257,957 ordinary shares (2008: nil) under the company’s 2008 scrip dividend alternative for a cash 
consideration of £nil (2008: £nil) and 2,198,610 ordinary shares (2008: 2,328,418 ordinary shares) following the exercise of share options granted under 
the company’s share option schemes for a cash consideration of £5,497 (2008: £71,680).

13  Share-based payments
An explanation of the company’s share-based payment arrangements are set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 36 and 37. The number 
of shares under option, the fair value per option granted and the assumptions used to determine their values is given in note 23 to the group accounts. 
Their dilutive effect on the number of weighted average shares of the company is given in note 10 to the group accounts.

Equity settled options 
The executive and Save as You Earn Options were valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatility was determined by calculating 
the historical volatility of the group’s share price over a 12 year period. The executive options’ fair values have been discounted at a rate of 10% to 
reflect their performance conditions. The expected term of the option used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for 
the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. The credit recognised in the year in respect of these options was 
£142,000 (2008: expense £281,000).

Executive Options 

8 

SAYE

9 

10

Date of grant 

Market value at date of grant (p) 
Option price (p) 
Number of share options outstanding 
Option life (years) 
Expected term of option (grant to exercise (years)) 
Exercise price (p) 
Risk-free rate 
Dividend yield 
Volatility 
Fair value per option (£) 

December 4  
2002 

January 28 
2004 

259 
259 
174,000 
10 
5.5 
259 
4.10% 
3.93% 
30% 
0.52 

419 
419 
153,000 
10 
5.5 
419 
4.10% 
3.93% 
30% 
0.72 

102

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

January 5  December 17  December 19
2008

2007 

2007 

524 
419 
27,028 
3.5 
3 
419 
4.75% 
3.35% 
30% 
1.51 

397 
318 
43,971 
3.5 
3 
318 
4.25% 
3.35% 
30% 
1.13 

234
187
390,710
3.5
3
187
5.00%
5.65%
30%
0.58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13  Share based payments continued
Capital Appreciation Plan (CAP 2004)
The Capital Appreciation Plan (CAP 2004) options were valued using a fair value model that adjusted the share price at the date of grant for the net 
present value of expected future dividend streams up to the date of expected exercise. The expected term of the option used in the models has been 
adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations. The share 
based expense in the year for the CAP 2004 options was £2,348,000 (2008: £2,796,000).

Date of grant 

Market value at date of grant (p) 
Option price (p) 
Number of share options outstanding 
Option life (years) 
Expected term of option (grant to exercise (years)) 
Exercise price (p) 
Risk-free rate 
Dividend growth 
Fair value per option (£) 

Tranche 1 

CAP 2004
Tranche 2 

Tranche 3

June 20 2005 

June 20 2005 

June 20 2005

401 
0.25 
50,147 
10 
3.28 
0.25 
5.0% 
8.44% 
3.28 

401 
0.25 
65,123 
10 
4.53 
0.25 
5.0% 
8.44% 
3.02 

401
0.25
1,501,029
10
5.53
0.25
5.0%
8.44%
2.82

The following options are outstanding at September 30 and are options to subscribe for new ordinary shares of 0.25p each:

Outstanding at October 1 
Granted during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Expired during the year 

Outstanding at September 30 

Number  
of share 
options 
2009 

Number
of share 
options
2008

 3,215,130  
 1,259,214  
 (1,551,772) 
 (1,004,053) 

 3,107,755 
 1,620,439 
 (1,354,214)
 (158,850)

 1,918,519  

 3,215,130

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the year was £1.86 (2008: £3.80).  The options outstanding 
at September 30 2009 had a weighted average exercise price of £1.19 (2008: £1.95), and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 4.1 years 
(2008: 4.0 years).

14  Statement of movement on reserves 

At September 30 2007 
Retained profit for the year 
Gain on cash flow hedges 
Credit for share-based payments 
Dividends paid 
Exercise of share options 
Tax on items going through reserves 

At September 30 2008 
Retained profit for the year 
Gain on cash flow hedges 
Credit for share-based payments 
Scrip/cash dividends paid 
Tax on items going through reserves 

Share  
premium  
account  
£000’s 

 38,509  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 66  
 –  

 38,575  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 13,870  
 –  

Other  
reserve 
£000’s 

 64,981  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 64,981  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

Capital 
redemp-  

tion   Capital 
reserve   Reserve 
£000’s 
£000’s 

  Liability  
  for share 
based 
shares   payment 
£000’s 
£000’s 

Own  

Fair 

Profit  
value  and loss 
reserves  account 
£000’s 

£000’s 

Total 
£000’s

 8  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 8  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 1,842  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 1,842  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 (74) 
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 (74) 
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 9,174  
 –  
 –  
 3,077  
 –  
 –  
 –  

 12,251  
 –  
 –  
 2,206  
 –  
 –  

 (1,051)   135,372    248,761 
 37,201 
 37,201  
 (6,537)
 –  
 3,077 
 –  
 (19,950)
 (19,950) 
 –  
 66 
 1,368 
 66  

 –  
 (6,537) 
 –  
 –  
 –  
 1,302  

 (6,286)   152,689    263,986 
 67,169 
 67,169  
 (6,589)
 –  
 2,206 
 –  
 (6,787)
 (20,657) 
 2,647 
 –  

 –  
 (6,589) 
 –  
 –  
 2,647  

At September 30 2009 

52,445 

64,981 

8 

1,842 

 (74) 

14,457 

 (10,228)  199,201  322,632

The investment in own shares is held by the Euromoney Employees’ Share Ownership Trust (ESOT). At September 30 2009 the ESOT held 58,976 shares 
(2008: 58,976 shares) carried at a historic cost of £1.25 per share with a market value of £220,000 (2008: £192,000), and waived the rights to receive 
dividends. Interest and administrative costs are charged to the profit and loss account of the ESOT as incurred.

Of the reserves above £14,457,000 (2008: £12,251,000) of the liability for share-based payments and £80,083,000 (2008: £51,126,000) of the profit and 
loss account is distributable to equity shareholders of the company.  The remaining balance of £119,118,000 (2008: £101,563,000) is not distributable.

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009 103

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company Accounts  continued

15  Commitments
At September 30 the company has committed to make the following payments in respect of operating leases on land and buildings:  

2009 
£000’s 

 –  
 17  
 1,033  

 1,050  

2008
£000’s

 148 
 17 
 892 

 1,057 

Operating leases which expire:
Within one year 
Between two and five years 
Over five years 

16   Financial instruments 
Derivative financial instruments 
The derivative financial assets/(liabilities) at September 30 2009 comprised: 

2009 

Assets  
£000’s 

Liabilities 
£000’s 

Interest rate swaps 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedge 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – net investment 
Currency swap with subsidiary undertakings  

Current portion 

Non-current portion 

 7  
 315  
 –  
 –  

 322  

 201  

 121  

2008

Assets  
£000’s 

 296  
 996  
 –  
 11,815  

(7,595)  
(15,286)  
 –  
 –  

(22,881)  

 13,107  

(8,918)  

 12,918  

(13,963)  

 189  

Liabilities
£000’s

(3,207) 
(10,064) 
(859) 
 – 

(14,130) 

(5,006) 

(9,124)

As at September 30 2009, the aggregate amount of unrealised losses under forward foreign exchange contracts deferred in the fair value reserve relating 
to future revenue transactions is £6,130,000 (2008: £4,438,000). It is anticipated that the revenue transactions will take place during the next 36 months 
at which stage the amount deferred in equity will be released in the income statement. The ineffective portion recognised directly in the company’s profit 
or loss that arose from cash flow hedges in the year was a loss of £6,700,000 (2008: loss £11,961,000). 

The company holds all the interest rate swaps for the group and full details regarding these can be found in note 18 to the group accounts.

There were no derivatives outstanding at the balance sheet date that were designated as fair value hedges.

Hedge of net investment in foreign entity 
The company has US dollar denominated borrowings which it has designated as a hedge of the net investment of its subsidiaries which have US dollars 
as their functional currency. The change in fair value of these hedges resulted in a decreased liability of £1,246,000 (2008: £12,936,000) which has been 
deferred in reserves and will only be recognised in the company’s profit and loss account if the related investment is sold. There was no ineffectiveness 
in these hedges recognised in the profit and loss account (2008: £2,563,000). 

Fair values of non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities 
Where market values are not available, fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities have been calculated by discounting expected future cash 
flows at prevailing interest rates and by applying year end exchange rates. The carrying amounts of short-term borrowings approximate the book value.

104

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17  Reconciliation of movements in equity shareholders’ funds 

Profit for the financial year 
Dividends paid 

Issue of shares 
Gains on cash flow hedges 
Tax on items taken directly to equity  
Credit to equity for share based payments 

Net increase in equity shareholders’ funds 
Opening equity shareholders’ funds 

Closing equity shareholders’ funds 

18  Related party transactions
Related party transactions and balances are detailed below:

2009 
£000’s 

 67,169  
(20,657)  

2008
£000’s

 37,201 
(19,950) 

 46,512  

 17,251 

 13,891  
(6,589)  
 2,647  
 2,206  

 71 
(6,537) 
 1,368 
 3,077 

 58,667  
 264,249  

 15,230 
 249,019 

 322,916  

 264,249

(i)  The company has a credit agreement with DMG Jersey Finance Limited (note 19 to the group accounts).  As at September 30 2009 the amounts owing 
under the facility was: $238,488,000 (£149,111,000) (2008: $243,155,000 (£136,413,000)), and £22,293,000 (2008: £48,181,000). A commitment 
fee of £319,000 (2008: £191,000) was payable on the unused portion of the available facility. 

(ii)  The group expensed £324,000 (2008: £237,400) for services provided by Daily Mail and General Trust plc.

(iii)  At  September  30  2009  the  company  had  £143,290,000  (2008:  £154,788,000)  fixed  rate  interest  rate  swaps  outstanding  with  Daily  Mail  and 
General Holdings Limited and related companies; comprising $170,000,000 (2008: $185,000,000) at interest rates between 1.4% and 5.4% and 
termination dates between March 30 2010 and March 28 2013, and £37,000,000 (2008: £51,000,000) at interest rates between 4.9% and 6.2% 
and termination dates between March 30 2010 and September 28 2012.  During the year the company paid $4,721,000 (2008: paid $1,263,000) and 
received £1,226,000 (2008: received £124,000) of interest from Daily Mail and General Holdings Limited and related companies in respect of interest 
rate swaps.

(iv)  In September 2009, the group agreed a new loan facility from Daily Mail & General Investment Limited.  During the year the group paid $40,315,000 
(£29,934,775), including principal and interest.  The amount owing at September 30 2009 was $nil (£nil) (2008: $40,315,000 (£22,617,000)).

(v) 

In April 2008, the group agreed a new loan facility from Daily Mail and General Holdings Limited.  During the year the company paid £153,448,000 
including principal and interest.  The amount owing at September 30 2009 was £nil (2008: £133,155,000).

(vi)  During the year the company entered into the following trading transactions with related undertakings that are not 100% owned within the group:

Coaltrans Conferences Limited 

The following balances were outstanding at the end of the year: 

Coaltrans Conferences Limited 

 Sales

2009 
£000’s 

 271  

2008
£000’s

 255 

Amounts owed to
related undertakings
2008
2009 
£000’s
£000’s 

 647  

 3,494 

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

R
U
O

E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G

R
U
O

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

P
U
O
R
G

S
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009 105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Notes to the Company Accounts  continued

19  Post balance sheet event
The directors propose a final dividend of 7.75p per share (2008: 13.00p) totalling £8,816,000 (2008: £13,689,000) for the year ended September 30 
2009. The dividend will be submitted for formal approval at the Annual General Meeting to be held on January 21 2010. In accordance with FRS 21 ‘Post 
balance sheet events’, these financial statements do not reflect this dividend payable but will be accounted for in shareholders’ equity as an appropriation 
of retained earnings in the year ending September 30 2010. During 2009, a final dividend of 13.00p (2008: 13.00p) per share totalling £13,697,000 
(2008: £13,388,000) was paid in respect of the dividend declared for the year ended September 30 2008.

20  Ultimate parent undertaking and controlling party
The directors regard the ultimate parent undertaking as Rothermere Continuation Limited, which is incorporated in Bermuda. The ultimate controlling 
party is The Viscount Rothermere. The largest and smallest group of which the company is a member and for which group accounts are drawn up is that 
of Daily Mail and General Trust plc, incorporated in Great Britain and registered in England and Wales. Copies of the report and accounts are available 
from:

The Company Secretary
Daily Mail and General Trust plc
Northcliffe House, 2 Derry Street
London W8 5TT

www.dmgt.co.uk

106

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

Five Year Record

Group income statement extracts 

Total revenue 

 196,266  

 222,276  

 305,594  

 332,064  

 317,594 

2005 
£000’s  

2006 
£000’s  

2007 
£000’s  

2008 
£000’s  

2009
£000’s 

Operating profit before acquired intangible amortisation, 
share option expense and exceptional items 
Acquired intangible amortisation 
Share option expense 
Exceptional items 

Operating profit before associates 
Share of results in associates 

Operating profit 
Net finance costs 

(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities before tax 
Tax credit/(expense) on profit/(loss) 

(Loss)/profit after tax from continuing operations 
Profit from discontinued operations 

(Loss)/profit for the year 

Attributable to: 
Equity holders of the parent 
Equity minority interests 

(Loss)/profit for the year 

 39,348  
 –  
 (1,380) 
 (315) 

 37,653  
 624  

 38,277  
 (3,843) 

 34,434  
(2,417) 

 32,017  
 –  

 43,812  
 (144) 
 (4,428) 
 (716) 

 38,524  
 1,208  

 39,732  
 (4,498) 

 35,234  
 3,512  

 38,746  
 –  

 78,606  
 (15,716) 
 (10,176) 
 855  

 53,569  
 490  

 54,059  
 (12,931) 

 41,128  
 (8,223) 

 32,905  
 500  

 81,308  
 (12,749) 
 (5,361) 
 (2,477) 

 60,721  
 308  

 61,029  
 (23,603) 

 37,426  
 7,279  

 44,705  
 245  

 32,017  

 38,746  

 33,405  

 44,950  

 30,181  
 1,836  

 37,430  
 1,316  

 31,822  
 1,583  

 43,719  
 1,231  

 32,017  

 38,746  

 33,405  

 44,950  

 79,447 
 (15,891)
 (2,697)
 (33,901)

 26,958 
 219 

 27,177 
 (44,538)

 (17,361)
 10,412 

 (6,949)
 1,207 

 (5,742)

 (6,287)
 545 

 (5,742)

Basic (loss)/earnings per share 
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share 
Adjusted diluted (loss)/earnings per share 
Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares 
Dividend per share 

34.19p 
34.10p 
26.28p 
 88,508,359  
16.20p 

42.11p 
41.90p 
28.61p 
 89,340,024  
17.00p 

30.66p 
29.86p 
35.04p 
 104,888,887  
19.00p 

41.69p 
40.37p 
44.36p 
 107,687,024  
19.25p 

(6.83)p
(6.67)p
40.39p
 112,372,620 
14.00p

Group balance sheet extracts 
Intangible assets 
Non-current assets 
Accruals 
Deferred income liability 
Other net current assets/(liabilities) 
Non-current liabilities 

Net assets/(liabilities) 

66,508  
 27,647  
 (23,225) 
 (37,491) 
 3,924  
 (73,313) 

 71,598  
 63,406  
 (29,478) 
 (45,324) 
 7,334  
 (94,310) 

 380,022  
 38,129  
 (43,424) 
 (73,382) 
 23,965  
 (269,530) 

 407,578  
 41,318  
 (50,016) 
 (89,488) 
 (171,290) 
 (50,038) 

 425,648 
 39,002 
 (46,972)
 (82,599)
 (16,642)
 (213,446)

 (35,950) 

 (26,774) 

 55,780  

 88,064  

 104,991

Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009 107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Calendar and Shareholder Information

2009 final results announcement 

Thursday November 12 2009

Final dividend ex-dividend date 

Wednesday November 18 2009

Final dividend record date 

Friday November 20 2009

Announcement of the final scrip reference price 

Wednesday December 9 2009

for the scrip alternative 

Last date for receipt by the company’s registrars  

3.00 p.m. on Thursday January 14 2010

of scrip mandate forms 

2010 Annual General Meeting (approval of final dividend) 

Thursday January 21 2010

Payment of final dividend 

Thursday February 4 2010*

2010 interim results announcement 

Thursday May 13 2010

Interim dividend ex-dividend date 

Wednesday May 19 2010

Interim dividend record date 

Friday May 21 2010

Payment of 2010 interim dividend 

Wednesday June 23 2010*

2010 final results announcement 

Thursday November 11 2010*

Loan note interest paid to holders of loan notes on: 

Thursday December 31 2009
Wednesday June 30 2010

* Provisional dates and are subject to change.

Shareholder queries
Administrative enquiries about the holding of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC shares should be directed in the first 
instance to the company’s registrar whose address is:

Capita Registrars
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent
BR3 4TU 

Telephone: 0871 664 0300 (Calls cost 10p per minute plus network extras)
(from outside the UK: +44 (0) 20 8639 3399)

E-mail: ssd@capitaregistrars.com
www.capitaregistrars.com

Loan note redemption information
Loan notes can be redeemed twice a year on the interest payment dates above by depositing the Notice of Repayment 
printed on the Loan Note Certificate at the company’s registered office. At least 20 business days’ written notice prior 
to the redemption date is required. 

Registered office
Nestor House
Playhouse Yard
Blackfriars
London
EC4V 5EX

Company’s website
www.euromoneyplc.com

108

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Welcome

to Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC

Euromoney  Institutional  Investor  PLC  is  listed  on 
the London Stock Exchange and is a member of the 
FTSE  250  share  index.  It  is  a  leading  international 
business-to-business  media  group  focused  primarily 
on the international finance, metals and commodities
It  publishes  more  than  70  magazines, 
sectors. 
newsletters  and 
including  Euromoney, 
Institutional Investor and Metal Bulletin. It also runs 
an extensive portfolio of conferences, seminars and 
training courses and is a leading provider of electronic 
information and data covering international finance, 
metals  and  commodities,  and  emerging  markets. 
Its  main  offices  are  located  in  London,  New  York, 
Montreal  and  Hong  Kong  and  nearly  half  of  its 
revenues are derived from emerging markets.

journals, 

Contents

OUR PERFORMANCE
Highlights 
Our Divisions 
Chairman’s Statement 
Appendix to Chairman’s Statement -
Reconciliation of Group Income 
Statement to Underlying Results 
Directors’ Report 

OUR GOVERNANCE
Directors and Advisors 
Corporate Governance 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Independent Auditors’ Report 

01
02
04

07
08

26
28
34
49

GROUP ACCOUNTS
50
Group Income Statement 
51
Group Balance Sheet 
52 
Group Cash Flow Statement 
Note to the Group Cash Flow Statement  53
Group Statement of Recognised
Income and Expense 
Notes to the Group Accounts 

54
55

COMPANY ACCOUNTS
Independent Auditors’ Company Report  95
96
Company Balance Sheet 
97
Notes to the Company Accounts 

OTHER
Five Year Record 
Financial Calendar and Shareholder 
Information 

107

108

16991EUROMONEcvr.indd   2
16991EUROMONEcvr.indd   2

16991 

10/12/09 

Proof 8

16991 

10/12/09 

Proof 8

10/12/2009   10:36
10/12/2009   10:36

Annual Report & Accounts 2009

Euromoney
Institutional
Investor PLC

www.euromoneyplc.com

Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC
Nestor House, Playhouse Yard,
London EC4V 5EX

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t

&
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s

2
0
0
9

E
u
r
o
m
o
n
e
y

I
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
i
o
n
a
l

I
n
v
e
s
t
o
r

P
L
C

16991EUROMONEcvr.indd   1
16991EUROMONEcvr.indd   1

16991 

10/12/09 

Proof 8

16991 

10/12/09 

Proof 8

10/12/2009   10:36
10/12/2009   10:36